Checking in minor changes. Now synced with 0.9.0.

* configure.in: added -posix check for NeXTStep

* gtk/testthreads.c: applied part of gtk-joke-980907-0 to use
a unique buffer for each thread.

* docs/gtk-config.1: clarified copyright

-Yosh

.cvsignore

@@ -5,6 +5,9 @@ libtool
 config.status
 stamp-h
 Makefile
-gtk+.xconfig
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+configure
+gtk-config
 config.cache
 

AUTHORS

@@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
-Peter Mattis    (petm@xcf.berkeley.edu)
-Spencer Kimball (spencer@xcf.berkeley.edu)
-Josh MacDonald  (jmacd@xcf.berkeley.edu)
+Original Authors
+----------------
+Peter Mattis      <petm@xcf.berkeley.edu>
+Spencer Kimball   <spencer@xcf.berkeley.edu>
+Josh MacDonald    <jmacd@xcf.berkeley.edu>
+
+
+The GTK+ Team (in alphabetical order)
+-------------------------------------
+Shawn T. Amundson <amundson@gtk.org>
+Jerome Bolliet    <bolliet@in2p3.fr>
+Tony Gale         <gale@gtk.org>
+Lars Hamann       <lars@gtk.org>
+Tim Janik         <timj@gtk.org>
+Stefan Jeske      <stefan@gtk.org>
+Elliot Lee        <sopwith@gtk.org>
+Raph Levien       <raph@gtk.org>
+Ian Main          <imain@gtk.org>
+Fedrerico Mena    <quartic@gtk.org>
+Paolo Molaro      <lupus@lettere.unipd.it>
+Jay Painter       <jpaint@gtk.org>
+Manish Singh      <manish@gtk.org>
+Owen Taylor       <otaylor@gtk.org>
+
+There are many others who have contributed patches; we thank them,
+GTK+ is much better because of them.

COPYING

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 
  Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                    675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
+    		    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ DAMAGES.
 
 		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-     Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
+           How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
 
   If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
@@ -463,8 +463,9 @@ convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
     Library General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-    License along with this library; if not, write to the Free
-    Software Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
+    License along with this library; if not, write to the 
+    Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, 
+    Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA.
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 

HACKING

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+If you want to hack on the Gtk+ project, it will make you life easier
+to have the following packages installed:
+
+	- GNU autoconf 2.12
+	- GNU automake 1.3
+	        (Beta releases are at ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/tromey)
+	- GNU libtool 1.2
+
+These should be available by ftp from ftp.gnu.org or any of the
+fine GNU mirrors.  Beta software can be found at alpha.gnu.org.
+
+In order to get CVS gtk+ installed on your system, you need to have
+the most recent CVS version of glib installed as well.
+The installation process of glib is similar to that of gtk+, but
+needs to be fulfilled prior to installation of gtk+.
+
+To compile a CVS version of gtk+ on your system, you will need to take
+several steps to setup the tree for compilation.  You can do all these
+steps at once by running:
+
+        cvsroot/gtk+# ./autogen.sh
+   
+Basically this does the following for you:
+
+  	cvsroot/gtk+# aclocal; automake; autoconf
+
+        The above commands create the "configure" script.  Now you
+	can run the configure script in cvsroot/gtk+ to create all
+	the Makefiles.
+
+Before running autogen.sh or configure, make sure you have libtool 
+in your path.  
+
+Note that autogen.sh runs configure for you.  If you wish to pass
+options like --prefix=/usr to configure you can give those options
+to autogen.sh and they will be passed on to configure.
+
+If at all possible, please use CVS to get the latest development version of
+gtk+ and glib.  You can do the following to get glib and gtk+ from cvs:
+
+   $ export CVSROOT=':pserver:anonymous@cvs.gimp.org:/debian/home/gnomecvs'
+   $ cvs login
+     (there is no password, just hit return)
+   $ cvs -z9 checkout glib
+   $ cvs -z9 checkout gtk+
+
+Please submit patches to the gtk-list@redhat.com mailing list (you must
+subscribe before you post, e-mail gtk-list-request@redhat.com with a
+subject of "subscribe"). All kinds of contributions are accepted.
+Patches that you wish to go into the distribution should also be uploaded 
+to ftp://ftp.gimp.org/incoming.  Follow the rules there for naming your
+patches. 
+

INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+Prerequisites
+=============
+
+GTK+ requires the GLIB library, available at the same location as
+you got this package.
+
+Simple install procedure
+========================
+
+  % gzip -cd gtk+-1.1.2.tar.gz | tar xvf - # unpack the sources
+  % cd gtk+-1.1.2                          # change to the toplevel directory
+  % ./configure                            # run the `configure' script
+  % make                                   # build GTK
+  [ Become root if necessary ]
+  % make install                           # install GTK
+
+The Nitty-Gritty
+================
+
+The 'configure' script can be given a number of options to enable
+and disable various features. For a complete list, type:
+
+  ./configure --help
+
+A few of the more important ones:
+
+*  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to /usr/local ]
+
+*  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                           [ Defaults to the value given to --prefix ]
+
+*  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput [default=no]
+
+The --with-xinput flag specifies whether to compile with support
+for the XInput extension (mainly used for graphics tablets), and
+which form of support to use:
+
+  no    : no support 
+  gxi   : Use generic XInput support
+  xfree : Use special features in the Wacom drivers in XFree86 3.3.1
+          and later.
+
+For more information, follow the link from http://www.gtk.org
+
+*  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]
+
+Specifying --disable-xim will disable support for entering
+internationalized text using X Input Methods. This will give some
+slight savings in speed and memory use and might be necessary
+with older versions of X.
+
+*  --with-locale=LOCALE   locale name you want to use
+
+The --with-locale options is used to determine if your operating
+system has support for the locale you will be using. If not, X's
+built in locale support will be used.
+
+Because of bugs in autoconf, it is necessary to specify this
+option even if your LANG environment variable is correctly set.
+
+This option does not determine which locale GTK will use at
+runtime. That will be determined from the usual environment
+variables.  If you will be using multiple locales with GTK,
+specify the one for which your operating system has the worst
+support for the --with-locale option.
+
+
+Options can be given to the compiler and linker by setting
+environment variables before running configure. A few of the more
+important ones:
+
+ CC       : The C compiler to use
+ CPPFLAGS : Flags for the C preprocesser such as -I and -D
+ CFLAGS   : C compiler flags
+
+The most important use of this is to set the
+optimization/debugging flags. For instance, to compile with no
+debugging information at all, run configure as:
+
+ CFLAGS=-O2 ./configure           # Bourne compatible shells (sh/bash/zsh)
+
+or,
+
+ setenv CFLAGS -O2 ; ./configure  # csh and variants
+
+
+Using an uninstalled copy of GLIB
+=================================
+
+You can compile GTK+ against a copy of GLIB that you have not
+yet installed. To do this, give the --with-glib=DIR options
+to ./configure. For instance:
+
+ ./configure --with-glib=../glib-1.1.3
+
+This, however, will not work if you built GLIB with different
+source and build directories.
+
+
+Installation directories
+========================
+
+The location of the installed files is determined by the --prefix
+and --exec-prefix options given to configure. There are also more
+detailed flags to control individual directories. However, the
+use of these flags is not tested.
+
+One particular detail to note, is that the architecture-dependent
+include file glibconfig.h is installed in:
+
+  $exec_pref/lib/glib/include/
+
+if you have a version in $prefix/include, this is out of date
+and should be deleted.
+
+A shell script gtk-config is created during the configure
+process, and installed in the bin/ directory
+($exec_prefix/bin). This is used to determine the location of GTK
+when building applications.  If you move GTK after installation,
+it will be necessary to edit this file.
+
+For complete details, see the file docs/gtk-config.txt
+
+
+Notes for using XIM support for Japanese input
+==============================================
+
+* There is a bug in older versions of kinput2 that will cause GTK
+to hang when destroying a text entry. The latest versions of
+kinput is available from:
+
+  ftp://ftp.sra.co.jp/pub/x11/kinput2
+
+* The locale information file for the ja_JP EUC locale
+distributed with some recent versions of X11 specifies to use the
+C library multibyte functions. Unless your C library has support
+for Japanese locales, this is incorrect, and will cause problems
+for GTK's internationalization.
+
+(In particular, this occurs with GNU libc 2.0 and 2.1, in which
+the multibyte functions always translate to and from UTF-8; but
+the problem may occur for other C libraries, and other operating
+systems as well.)
+
+To fix this, change the line:
+
+use_stdc_env		True
+
+to 
+
+use_stdc_env		False
+
+in the file /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/locale/ja_JP/XLC_LOCALE.
+
+

Makefile.am

@@ -1,9 +1,88 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
 
-SRC_SUBDIRS = glib gdk gtk
+SRC_SUBDIRS = gdk gtk
 SUBDIRS = $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
 
-EXTRA_DIST = gtk+.prj makecopyright TODO 
+bin_SCRIPTS = gtk-config
+
+EXTRA_DIST =	\
+	HACKING		\
+	gtk+.spec	\
+        gtk.m4          \
+	makecopyright	\
+	TODO		\
+	NEWS.pre-1-0	\
+	ChangeLog.pre-1-0	\
+	README.cvs-commits	\
+	examples/README.1ST	\
+	examples/extract.awk	\
+	examples/extract.sh	\
+	examples/aspectframe/Makefile  \
+	examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c  \
+	examples/buttons/Makefile  \
+	examples/buttons/buttons.c  \
+	examples/buttons/info.xpm  \
+	examples/clist/clist.c \
+	examples/entry/Makefile  \
+	examples/entry/entry.c  \
+	examples/eventbox/Makefile  \
+	examples/eventbox/eventbox.c  \
+	examples/filesel/Makefile  \
+	examples/filesel/filesel.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/Makefile  \
+	examples/gtkdial/dial_test.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.h  \
+	examples/helloworld/Makefile  \
+	examples/helloworld/helloworld.c  \
+	examples/helloworld2/Makefile  \
+	examples/helloworld2/helloworld2.c  \
+	examples/list/Makefile  \
+	examples/list/list.c  \
+	examples/menu/Makefile  \
+	examples/menu/menu.c  \
+	examples/menu/menufactory.c  \
+	examples/menu/menufactory.h  \
+	examples/menu/mfmain.c  \
+	examples/menu/mfmain.h  \
+	examples/notebook/Makefile  \
+	examples/notebook/notebook.c  \
+	examples/packer/Makefile  \
+	examples/packer/pack.c \
+	examples/packbox/Makefile  \
+	examples/packbox/packbox.c  \
+	examples/paned/Makefile  \
+	examples/paned/paned.c  \
+	examples/pixmap/Makefile  \
+	examples/pixmap/pixmap.c  \
+	examples/progressbar/Makefile  \
+	examples/progressbar/progressbar.c  \
+	examples/radiobuttons/Makefile  \
+	examples/radiobuttons/radiobuttons.c  \
+	examples/rulers/Makefile  \
+	examples/rulers/rulers.c  \
+	examples/scribble-simple/Makefile  \
+	examples/scribble-simple/scribble-simple.c  \
+	examples/scrolledwin/Makefile  \
+	examples/scrolledwin/scrolledwin.c  \
+	examples/selection/Makefile  \
+	examples/selection/gettargets.c  \
+	examples/selection/setselection.c  \
+	examples/statusbar/Makefile  \
+	examples/statusbar/statusbar.c  \
+	examples/table/Makefile  \
+	examples/table/table.c  \
+	examples/tictactoe/Makefile  \
+	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.c  \
+	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.h  \
+	examples/tictactoe/ttt_test.c  \
+	examples/wheelbarrow/Makefile  \
+	examples/wheelbarrow/wheelbarrow.c  \
+	examples/find-examples.sh
+
+
+m4datadir = $(datadir)/aclocal
+m4data_DATA = gtk.m4
 
 .PHONY: files populate checkin release
 

Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,501 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+
+DISTDIR =
+
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+
+top_builddir = .
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+CC = @CC@
+GTK_MAJOR_VERSION = @GTK_MAJOR_VERSION@
+GTK_MICRO_VERSION = @GTK_MICRO_VERSION@
+GTK_MINOR_VERSION = @GTK_MINOR_VERSION@
+GTK_VERSION = @GTK_VERSION@
+LD = @LD@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LT_AGE = @LT_AGE@
+LT_CURRENT = @LT_CURRENT@
+LT_RELEASE = @LT_RELEASE@
+LT_REVISION = @LT_REVISION@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+NM = @NM@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+x_cflags = @x_cflags@
+x_includes = @x_includes@
+x_ldflags = @x_ldflags@
+x_libs = @x_libs@
+xinput_progs = @xinput_progs@
+
+SRC_SUBDIRS = glib gdk gtk
+SUBDIRS = $(SRC_SUBDIRS) docs
+
+bin_SCRIPTS = gtk-config
+
+EXTRA_DIST =	\
+	gtk+.spec	\
+        gtk.m4          \
+	makecopyright	\
+	TODO		\
+	NEWS.pre-1-0	\
+	ChangeLog.pre-1-0	\
+	examples/aspectframe/Makefile  \
+	examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c  \
+	examples/buttons/Makefile  \
+	examples/buttons/buttons.c  \
+	examples/buttons/info.xpm  \
+	examples/entry/Makefile  \
+	examples/entry/entry.c  \
+	examples/eventbox/Makefile  \
+	examples/eventbox/eventbox.c  \
+	examples/filesel/Makefile  \
+	examples/filesel/filesel.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/Makefile  \
+	examples/gtkdial/dial_test.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c  \
+	examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.h  \
+	examples/helloworld/Makefile  \
+	examples/helloworld/helloworld.c  \
+	examples/helloworld2/Makefile  \
+	examples/helloworld2/helloworld2.c  \
+	examples/list/Makefile  \
+	examples/list/list.c  \
+	examples/menu/Makefile  \
+	examples/menu/menu.c  \
+	examples/menu/menufactory.c  \
+	examples/menu/menufactory.h  \
+	examples/menu/mfmain.c  \
+	examples/menu/mfmain.h  \
+	examples/notebook/Makefile  \
+	examples/notebook/notebook.c  \
+	examples/packbox/Makefile  \
+	examples/packbox/packbox.c  \
+	examples/paned/Makefile  \
+	examples/paned/paned.c  \
+	examples/pixmap/Makefile  \
+	examples/pixmap/pixmap.c  \
+	examples/progressbar/Makefile  \
+	examples/progressbar/progressbar.c  \
+	examples/radiobuttons/Makefile  \
+	examples/radiobuttons/radiobuttons.c  \
+	examples/rulers/Makefile  \
+	examples/rulers/rulers.c  \
+	examples/scribble-simple/Makefile  \
+	examples/scribble-simple/scribble-simple.c  \
+	examples/scrolledwin/Makefile  \
+	examples/scrolledwin/scrolledwin.c  \
+	examples/selection/Makefile  \
+	examples/selection/gettargets.c  \
+	examples/selection/setselection.c  \
+	examples/statusbar/Makefile  \
+	examples/statusbar/statusbar.c  \
+	examples/table/Makefile  \
+	examples/table/table.c  \
+	examples/tictactoe/Makefile  \
+	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.c  \
+	examples/tictactoe/tictactoe.h  \
+	examples/tictactoe/ttt_test.c  \
+	examples/wheelbarrow/Makefile  \
+	examples/wheelbarrow/wheelbarrow.c  \
+	examples/find-examples.sh
+
+m4datadir = $(datadir)/aclocal
+m4data_DATA = gtk.m4
+ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =  gtk-config
+SCRIPTS =  $(bin_SCRIPTS)
+
+DATA =  $(m4data_DATA)
+
+DIST_COMMON =  README AUTHORS COPYING ChangeLog INSTALL Makefile.am \
+Makefile.in NEWS TODO acconfig.h aclocal.m4 config.guess config.h.in \
+config.sub configure configure.in gtk-config.in install-sh ltconfig \
+ltmain.sh missing mkinstalldirs stamp-h.in
+
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+TAR = tar
+GZIP = --best
+all: all-recursive-am all-am
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu Makefile
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINT@ configure.in 
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL)
+
+config.status: $(srcdir)/configure
+	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
+$(srcdir)/configure: @MAINT@$(srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
+	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
+
+config.h: stamp-h
+	@:
+stamp-h: $(srcdir)/config.h.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h \
+	     $(SHELL) ./config.status
+	@echo timestamp > stamp-h
+$(srcdir)/config.h.in: @MAINT@$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
+$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) acconfig.h
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
+	@echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
+
+mostlyclean-hdr:
+
+clean-hdr:
+
+distclean-hdr:
+	-rm -f config.h
+
+maintainer-clean-hdr:
+gtk-config: $(top_builddir)/config.status gtk-config.in
+	cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= ./config.status
+
+install-binSCRIPTS: $(bin_SCRIPTS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)
+	@list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \
+	  else if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \
+	  else :; fi; fi; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-binSCRIPTS:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	list='$(bin_SCRIPTS)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p|sed '$(transform)'`; \
+	done
+
+install-m4dataDATA: $(m4data_DATA)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(m4datadir)
+	@list='$(m4data_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(m4datadir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$p $(DESTDIR)$(m4datadir)/$$p; \
+	  else if test -f $$p; then \
+	    echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(m4datadir)/$$p"; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(m4datadir)/$$p; \
+	  fi; fi; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-m4dataDATA:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	list='$(m4data_DATA)'; for p in $$list; do \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(m4datadir)/$$p; \
+	done
+
+# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
+# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
+# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
+# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
+#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
+# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
+installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive  \
+check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive:
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+
+mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive:
+	@set fnord $(MAKEFLAGS); amf=$$2; \
+	rev=''; list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  rev="$$subdir $$rev"; \
+	done; \
+	for subdir in $$rev; do \
+	  target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
+	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \
+	   || case "$$amf" in *=*) exit 1;; *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
+	done && test -z "$$fail"
+tags-recursive:
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) tags); \
+	done
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(LISP)
+	here=`pwd` && cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && mkid -f$$here/ID $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(LISP)
+
+TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(LISP)
+	tags=; \
+	here=`pwd`; \
+	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
+	  test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
+	done; \
+	list='$(SOURCES) $(HEADERS)'; \
+	unique=`for i in $$list; do echo $$i; done | \
+	  awk '    { files[$$0] = 1; } \
+	       END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \
+	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
+	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $$unique $(LISP) -o $$here/TAGS)
+
+mostlyclean-tags:
+
+clean-tags:
+
+distclean-tags:
+	-rm -f TAGS ID
+
+maintainer-clean-tags:
+
+distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+top_distdir = $(distdir)
+
+# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
+# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
+# tarfile.
+distcheck: dist
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=build
+	mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
+	dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \
+	cd $(distdir)/=build \
+	  && ../configure --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
+	  && $(MAKE) \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) install \
+	  && $(MAKE) installcheck \
+	  && $(MAKE) dist
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"
+dist: distdir
+	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+dist-all: distdir
+	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz $(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	-rm -rf $(distdir)
+	mkdir $(distdir)
+	-chmod 777 $(distdir)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnu Makefile
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(distdir)/examples $(distdir)/examples/aspectframe \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/buttons $(distdir)/examples/entry \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/eventbox $(distdir)/examples/filesel \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/gtkdial $(distdir)/examples/helloworld \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/helloworld2 $(distdir)/examples/list \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/menu $(distdir)/examples/notebook \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/packbox $(distdir)/examples/paned \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/pixmap $(distdir)/examples/progressbar \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/radiobuttons $(distdir)/examples/rulers \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/scribble-simple \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/scrolledwin \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/selection $(distdir)/examples/statusbar \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/table $(distdir)/examples/tictactoe \
+	   $(distdir)/examples/wheelbarrow
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	done
+	for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+	  test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	  || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir \
+	  || exit 1; \
+	  chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir; \
+	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) top_distdir=../$(distdir) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	done
+info: info-recursive
+dvi: dvi-recursive
+check: all-am
+	$(MAKE) check-recursive
+installcheck: installcheck-recursive
+all-recursive-am: config.h
+	$(MAKE) all-recursive
+
+all-am: Makefile $(SCRIPTS) $(DATA) config.h
+
+install-exec-am: install-binSCRIPTS
+
+install-data-am: install-m4dataDATA
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-binSCRIPTS uninstall-m4dataDATA
+
+install-exec: install-exec-recursive install-exec-am
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+
+install-data: install-data-recursive install-data-am
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+
+install: install-recursive install-exec-am install-data-am
+	@:
+
+uninstall: uninstall-recursive uninstall-am
+
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+installdirs: installdirs-recursive
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DATADIR)$(bindir) $(DATADIR)$(m4datadir)
+
+
+mostlyclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
+
+clean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-hdr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
+
+clean-am:  clean-hdr clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-hdr distclean-tags distclean-generic clean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-hdr maintainer-clean-tags \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
+
+mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am
+
+clean:  clean-recursive clean-am
+
+distclean:  distclean-recursive distclean-am
+	-rm -f config.status
+	-rm -f libtool
+
+maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-recursive maintainer-clean-am
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	-rm -f config.status
+
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-hdr distclean-hdr clean-hdr maintainer-clean-hdr \
+uninstall-binSCRIPTS install-binSCRIPTS uninstall-m4dataDATA \
+install-m4dataDATA install-data-recursive uninstall-data-recursive \
+install-exec-recursive uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive \
+uninstalldirs-recursive all-recursive check-recursive \
+installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \
+mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \
+maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \
+distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi \
+installcheck all-recursive-am all-am install-exec-am install-data-am \
+uninstall-am install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+
+
+.PHONY: files populate checkin release
+
+files:
+	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
+	  echo $$p; \
+	done
+	@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
+	  files=`cd $$subdir; $(MAKE) files | grep -v "make\[[1-9]\]"`; \
+	  for file in $$files; do \
+	    echo $$subdir/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+populate:
+	@echo "populating project"
+	@files=`$(MAKE) files | grep -v "make\[[1-9]\]"`; prcs populate -d gtk+.prj $$files
+
+checkin: populate
+	@echo "checking in project"
+	@prcs checkin
+
+release:
+	$(MAKE) dist distdir=$(PACKAGE)`date +"%y%m%d"`
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

NEWS

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.2:
+
+* New runtime loading and initialization of modules
+* Tutorial updates
+* Changes to menus including tearoff menus and accelerators
+* Better support for modal dialogs
+* Removed CAN_FOCUS by default from scrollbars and button children of toolbar
+* Fix for clist resize bug
+* New sorting for clist, removed duplicate sorting from ctree
+
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.1:
+
+* Tutorial updates and additions.
+* Key binding support for GtkListItems and GtkList.
+* Extended selection mode and autoscrolling for GtkLists.
+* A GtkCtree now operates on GtkCTreeNode* structures rather than GList*.
+* GtkCTreeNodes can now be created from GNode trees.
+* Bug fixes for GtkNotebook, GtkCList, GtkCombo and GdkWindow reparentation.
+
+
+What is new in GTK+ 1.1.0:
+
+* New widget GtkFontSelector.
+* New featurefull progress bar.
+* New container widget GtkPacker.
+* New object GtkItemFactory, GtkMenuFactory is deprecated.
+* New key binding system, configurable via rcfiles, similar to styles.
+* New widget GtkCTree with drag selections and keyboard movement and
+  and horizontal scrolling. Features also implemented for GtkCList.
+* Significant speedups to widget creation and destruction through caching
+  colormap and visual queries to the XServer.
+* Speedups for type creation and especially gtk_type_is_a() checks.
+* Speedups in signal lookup, creation and emissions and connection handling.
+* Minor speedups with object data allocation and destruction.
+* Additions to the signal handling API (e.g. *_emitv).
+* Support for rc-file reparsing.
+* Resizing logic is now implemented on container widget basis, rather than
+  for toplevel GtkWindows only.
+* Buttons support relief styles now.
+* Some widgets are now allocated through memchunks to behave more memory wise.
+* Newly included file gtkfeatures.h which defines compatibility macros to
+  test for certain API features upon program compilation.
+* Child arguments support for container widgets.
+* Far better support for object arguments, revamp of the underlying
+  mechanism for speed and reusability. Child/object arguments don't
+  need to be preceeded by the "GtkType::" portion anymore.
+* Removed GtkAcceleratorTable in favour of GtkAccelGroup, accelerator display
+  is now performed by a new widget GtkAccelLabel.
+* Overhaul of the resizing code. Resizing behaviour can now be specified
+  on GtkContainer basis, so the underlying algorithm isn't only available
+  for GtkWindows.
+* GtkTables are now fully resizable.
+* The GtkType system now supports an additional base class initialization
+  function.
+* GtkStyles and key bindings can now be looked up depending on the base
+  types of a widget, through a new keyword `class' in rc files.
+* GtkButton derives from GtkBin (finally).  
+* More descriptive error messages on rc parsing.  
+* Runtime information is available to query enum/flag definition values.
+* Upgrade to libtool-1.2
+* Legions of bug fixes, memory leaks, segfaults, of-by-something errors...
+  including those that already went into the 1.0.x branch.
+* A big bunch of features and cosmetic fixups that just got lost in
+  the masses of changes.

NEWS.pre-1-0

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 1.0.0:
+
+* A few bug fixes.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.10:
+
+* Lots of bug fixes
+* Documentation improvements
+* Better looking handlebox
+* A few convenience functions
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.9:
+
+* Added examples directory, even more examples soon
+* Added optional word wrap to gtktext
+* Changes to gtkhandlebox
+* Lots of bug fixes
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.8:
+
+* Compilation and configuration fixes
+* DND Fixes
+* New test in testgtk: cursors
+* Tutorial updates/additions
+* Few more FAQ additions
+* More prep for 1.0
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.7:
+
+* This release is mainly because 0.99.6 did not compile completely
+  due to a missing file.
+* Fixes to Gtk's quit handlers.
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.6:
+
+* Intermediate release to become 1.0.
+* More signedness corrections for handler functions in gtkmain.h.
+* Semantics of GtkWidget::delete_event changed.
+* Documentation updates.
+* Inclusion of Gtk tutorial.
+* Implementation of a new shutdown method for GtkObject's executed prior to
+  actual destruction. WARNING: this breaks binary compatibility, programs using
+  Gtk need to be recompiled.
+* Clean ups due to compiler warnings.
+* Various widget fixes.
+
+Overview of Fixes in GTK+ 0.99.5:
+
+* Signal signedness and naming corrections
+* rc/style fixes
+* text, entry widget fixes
+* gtkeditable fixes
+* scrollbar flickering fixed
+* check casts are more descriptive
+* DND fixes
+* FAQ updates
+* Bug fixes
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.4:
+
+* Reference counting revolution integrated.
+  Refer to docs/refcounting.txt on this issue.
+* Implementation of a decent debugging system, you would want
+  to export GTK_DEBUG=objects if you are going to develop gtk applications,
+  refer to docs/debugging.txt for further information.
+* Additions on the signal code for querying information about certain signals,
+  and pending handlers of signals.
+* Support for user signals, and major changes to internal signal handler
+  handling for proper signal removal and invokation of after signals.
+* Additional signals for various widgets e.g, GtkHandleBox::child_attached,
+  GtkHandleBox::child_detached, GtkWidget::style_set, GtkWidget::parent_set.
+* GtkTooltips became a true descendant of GtkObject via derivation from
+  GtkData and facilitates an extra tip string which can be used as e.g. an
+  index into context help.
+* Split up of the widget/object flags into a private and a public portion,
+  consult docs/widget_system.txt on this.
+* Support for hot keys on gtk programs via gtk_key_snooper_install().
+* Reimplementation of the *_interp functions as *_full functions to provide
+  simple callback functions as well.
+* Idle functions are now prioritized.
+* Many enhancements to GtkNotebook.
+* New widget GtkSpinButton, check out testgtk.
+* New widget GtkTipsQuery for letting the user query tooltips of widgets.
+* Addition of GtkEditable base widget to encapsulate selection and
+  clipboard handling. (GtkEntry and GtkText use this)
+* Text widget more complete.
+* Additions to GtkStatusBar to make it complete.
+* Gdk now supports regions.
+* Access masks for widget arguments (GTK_ARG_READABLE/GTK_ARG_WRITABLE).
+* Function replacements:
+  g_string_hash() -> g_str_hash()
+  g_string_equal() -> g_str_equal()
+  gtk_tooltips_set_tips() -> gtk_tooltips_set_tip()
+* Support for quit handlers in gtk_main().
+* Motif window mangaer hints support.
+* Widget arguments are now flagged for readability/writability.
+* Additions to documentation.
+* Various FAQ updates. (FAQ now included)
+* Clean ups and many many bug fixes by a lot of people all over the place.
+* New, long and descriptive ChangeLog entries for bored readers ;)
+
+Overview of Changes in GTK+ 0.99.3:
+
+* Filesel enhancement / stability changes
+* New widget, gtkcombo 
+* Widgets in the toolbar do not get the focus
+* New widget, gtkstatusbar (still in-progress)
+* g_string_equal renamed g_str_equal
+* g_string_hash renamed g_str_hash
+* new gtkbox functions to allow modification of the child 
+  linkage after the widget tree is setup
+* gtk_*_get_arg() and gtk_*_set_arg() fixes and implementations
+* DND changes/fixes
+* Entry widget now has set_max_length function
+* Handlebox widget changes/fixes 
+* Some work on text widget (still in-progress)
+* Now the toolbar supports arbitrary widgets as well
+* CList has resizable columns again
+* CList now looks consistant with scrolled windows
+* Remove flickering from entry widget
+* Added switch_page signal to notebook widget
+* Documentation additions
+* Other bug fixes...

README

@@ -1,17 +1,75 @@
+General Information
+===================
+
+This is GTK+ version 1.1.2.   GTK+, which stands for the Gimp ToolKit, 
+is a library for creating graphical user interfaces for the X Window 
+System. It is designed to be small, efficient, and flexible. GTK+ is 
+written in C with a very object-oriented approach.
 
 The official ftp site is:
-  ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/gtk
+  ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk
 
-Patches can be uploaded to:
-  ftp://ftp.gimp.org/incoming
-
-Anonymous CVS access for gtk+ (as well as 'gimp', 'gimp-data', and
-'gnome') is available via
-  CVSROOT=:pserver:anonymous@cvs.gnome.org:/home/cvs
-with an empty password.
+The official web site is:
+  http://www.gtk.org/
 
 A mailing list is located at:
   gtk-list@redhat.com
 
 To subscribe: mail -s subscribe gtk-list-request@redhat.com < /dev/null
 (Send mail to gtk-list-request@redhat.com with the subject "subscribe")
+
+Installation
+============
+
+See the file 'INSTALL'
+
+How to report bugs
+==================
+
+To report a bug, send mail either to gtk-list, as mentioned
+above, or to gtk-bugs@gtk.org. If you send mail to gtk-list, you
+must be subscribed yourself.
+
+In the mail include:
+
+* The version of GTK
+
+* Information about your system. For instance:
+
+   - What operating system and version
+   - What version of X
+   - For Linux, what version of the C library
+
+  And anything else you think is relevant.
+
+* How to reproduce the bug. 
+
+  If you can reproduce it with the testgtk program that is built 
+  in the gtk/ subdirectory, that will be most convenient.  Otherwise, 
+  please include a short test program that exhibits the behavior. 
+  As a last resort, you can also provide a pointer to a larger piece 
+  of software that can be downloaded.
+
+  (Bugs that can be reproduced within the  GIMP are almost as good 
+  as bugs that can be reproduced in testgtk. If you are reporting a 
+  bug found with the GIMP, please include the version number of the GIMP 
+  you are using)
+
+* If the bug was a crash, the exact text that was printed out
+  when the crash occured.
+
+* Further information such as stack traces may be useful, but
+  is not necessary. If you do send a stack trace, and the error
+  is an X error, it will be more useful if the stacktrace
+  is produced running the test program with the --sync command
+  line option.
+
+Patches
+=======
+
+Patches can be uploaded to the incoming/ directory on
+ftp.gtk.org.  Please follow the instructions there, and include
+your name and email address in the README file.
+
+If the patch fixes a bug, it is usually a good idea to include
+all the information described in "How to Report Bugs".

README.cvs-commits

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+GTK+ is part of the GNOME CVS repository. At the current time, any
+person with write access to the GNOME repository, can make changes to
+GTK+. This is a good thing, in that it encourages many people to work
+on GTK+, and progress can be made quickly. However, GTK+ is a fairly
+large and complicated package that many other things depend on, so to
+avoid unnecessary breakage, and to take advantage of the knowledge
+about GTK+ that has been built up over the last 18 months, we'd like
+to ask people commiting to GTK+ to follow a few rules:
+
+0) Ask first. If your changes are major, or could possibly break existing
+   code, you should always ask. If your change is minor and you've
+   been working on GTK+ for a while it probably isn't necessary
+   to ask. But when in doubt, ask. Even if your change is correct,
+   somebody may know a better way to do things.
+
+   If you are making changes to GTK+, you should be subscribed
+   to gtk-devel-list@redhat.com. (Subscription address:  
+   gtk-devel-list-request@redhat.com.) This is a good place to ask
+   about intended changes. 
+
+   If you just want to make a trivial change, and don't want to subscribe, 
+   you can also mail gtk-bugs@gtk.org. Or, alternatively, you can look in 
+   the ChangeLog for somebody who has been making changes to the file 
+   you want to change and email them.
+
+   #gimp on byxnet (irc.gimp.org, irc2.gimp.org, irc3.gimp.org, 
+   irc.germany.gimp.org...)s also a good place to find GTK+ developers to
+   discuss changes with, however, email to gtk-devel-list is the most
+   certain and preferred method.
+
+1) Ask _first_.
+
+2) There must be a ChangeLog for every commit. (If you discover that
+   you only committed half the files you meant to and need to fix that
+   up, or something, you don't need a new ChangeLog entry. But in general,
+   ChangeLog entries are mandatory.) Changes with out ChangeLog entries
+   will be reverted.
+
+3) There _must_ be a ChangeLog for every commit.
+
+Notes:
+
+* If you are going to be changing many files in an experimental fashion,
+  it probably is a good idea to create a separate branch for your changes.
+
+Owen Taylor
+13 Aug 1998
+
+
+
+
+

TODO

@@ -1,36 +1,275 @@
-Now
----
+For 1.2.0 release:
+-	remove deprecated functions from *.[hc] files, especially the
+	non-functional ones.
+	
+Bugs:
+ * Widget redrawing when the window resizes sometimes messes up.
+   GtkLabels sometimes redraw without clearing up the underlying background on
+   window resizes.
+ 
+ * delay dnd settings to take effect once a widget is realized, this is
+   to avoid force realizations. i think this goes along with owens dnd
+   changes?
+    -timj
+   The way DND data types are set in GtkWidget really needs to be fixed.
+   This is pretty high on my priority list, and I'll get to it as soon as
+   the column list widget is done.  The correct way dnd data needs to be set
+   is to have a additional keyed data type with GtkWidget, which is applied to
+   the widget's window upon realize.
+   There also needs to be a way to set dnd-data on widget windows which are
+   not the main window (for widgets that create more than one window).
+    -Jay Painter
+   DnD seems to work for me, but yes, there needs to be some sort of
+   gtk_widget layer that makes it easier... Also, adding support for drop
+   zones might be nice.
+    -Elliot
+   This one is reproducabel for me:
+   testgtk --sync
+   popup colorselection
+   drag/drop works
+   start up preview color
+   drag works but not dropping
+   end preview color
+   drag/drop works
+   start up prewiev color
+   segfault in malloc
+    -timj
 
-3. Fix focus activation of list items. Does list item activation have to be
-   completely reorganized?
+ * Change bitfields to guints from enums, or vice versa?
 
-4. Lists should scroll to center the recently selected item if it isn't
+ * Expose events aren't being generated correctly for DND demo
+
+Additions:
+ * implement keyboard navigation in menus
+
+ * focus handling for GtkOptionMenu (needs the previous)
+
+ * GScanner: it might be good to ues stdio and getch() instead of 1-character
+   reads. so one can take advantage of buffering. Currently each read() takes
+   a separate syscall.
+   
+ * implement gtk_default_draw_oval and other missing things in gtkstyle.c.
+ 
+ * Lists should scroll to center the recently selected item if it isn't
    visible.
 
+ * enforce invariants on *_RESIZE* and *_REDRAW* flags.
 
-The Future
-----------
+ * asure that child widgets are really get gtk_widget_destroy()ed in their
+   parents destroy handler, and not just unparented or somesuch.
 
--Documentation
+ * GtkToolTips:
+   allocate GtkTooltipsData from memchunks
+   look into incorporation of outdated/gtk-dairiki-971208-[01].patch.gz
+                          
+ * Change gtk_widget_propagate_default_style() mechanism to
+   void gtk_rc_string_export (const gchar *rc_additions,
+                              gboolean     override_rc_styles);
 
--Tree widget
+ * Make all widget attributes configurable after the widget is created (timj).
+ 
+ * Widgets dervied from GtkButton need to be able to override
+   GtkButtonClass.paint. e.g. redrawing of GtkToggleButton with CAN_DEFAULT
+   is messed up otheriwse. This does in fact not only apply to (toggle)buttons,
+   we should introduce a common paint member for the GtkWidgetClass.
+ 
+ * Radio buttons need to display CAN/HAS_DEFAULT correctly.
 
--Text widget (needs to be finished)
+ * GtkCList improvements. (Jay Painter)
 
--Widget redrawing when the window resizes sometimes messes up.
+ * Seperate GtkObject, type and signaling system from Gdk dependancies,
+   by moving them into a seperate libgtkobj.
+ * move *_input_add (wrappers for select(2)) mechanism into glib.
 
--Make sure a widget added to a list is a list item and a widget added
- to a menu is a menu item, etc...
+ * Make sure a widget added to a list is a list item and a widget added
+   to a menu is a menu item, etc. GTK_BASIC was a first attempt at this,
+   but it fails with subsequent container_add()s. maybe have another
+   GTK_PARENT_BASIC (similar to GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE) flag, to prevent
+   tree iterations upon every container addition.
 
--More dialogs? Print, font, etc?
+ * gdk_expose_compress: ala-Xt, this would really help for opaque moves and
+   such
 
--Multiple document interface (MDI)?
+ * Entry should have a password mode (and it should show stars
+   for user feedback).
 
--Support another widget style? Should be possible using GtkStyle's, but
- there may be some work needed to remove any style dependencies in widget
- code. Maybe GtkStyle's should have 'draw_push_button', 'draw_check_button',
- etc, functions to draw the various widgets.
+ * Entry should allow set_usize to work better, and should compute
+   a different width when a maximum length is used.
 
--OffiX drag and drop support
+ * More dialogs: Print, GtkFontSelector, maybe others...
 
--Make all widget attributes configurable after the widget is created.
+ * Multiple document interface (MDI)?
+
+ * Support another widget style? Should be possible using GtkStyle's, but
+   there may be some work needed to remove any style dependencies in widget
+   code. Maybe GtkStyle's should have 'draw_push_button', 'draw_check_button',
+   etc, functions to draw the various widgets.
+   This will be covered by upcoming themability, raster is working on it.
+ 
+ * make the gtk_main callbacks consistent in their add/remove behaviour.
+ 
+ * More work on Documentation
+
+ * Check return values on all calls to XIC[Get/Set]Values
+
+ * Rewrite the interface to the i18n stuff so GTK widgets don't need to
+   retrieve X values, and so they don't have to know the value of the
+   XNxxx character constants.
+
+ * The "--geometry" option should be supported
+
+  - Having gdk_init() parse the geometry option. (putting it into
+    GDK means you can use XParseGeometry() without wrapping it)
+
+  - Add a call gdk_get_geometry() that retrieves the results 
+    in a form like that returned by XParseGeometry()
+
+  - The application then can modify the results (as would gemvt)
+    then call a routine gtk_window_set_geometry() on whatever
+    it considers to be its main window.
+
+  - Then in some manner GtkWindow takes that into account when
+    setting its hints. (Probably it uses the size and position
+    as the current uposition and usize, and modulates that
+    be the equivalents of the X flags
+
+     XValue, YValue, WidthValue, HeightValue, XNegative, or YNegative
+
+    ( You'd have to extend gdk_window_set_hints to accept the
+      window gravity option to get it right. )
+
+ ? Allow moving the separator for paned widgets by dragging 
+   it directly instead of using the handle. 
+
+ ? Mark public use of gtk_tree_remove_item as deprecated - it should be used
+   as:
+         gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER(tree), widget);
+
+ * Standardize that all strings should be passed as gchar *, not 
+   guchar *. But what about non-string data? (gdk_property_change,
+   gtk_selection_data_set) X makes these sort of things guchar...
+
+ * Check into XAddConnectionWatch - is this needed for XIM?
+
+ * Places where a _full variant is needed:
+
+    gtk_clist_set_row_data
+    gtk_init_add
+    gtk_menu_popup
+    gtk_toolbar_prepend_element
+    gtk_toolbar_insert_element
+    gtk_widget_dnd_data_set (should be guchar * with a copy?
+                             shouldn't be there at all...)
+    ??? GtkDrawingarea.draw_data
+ 
+ * gtk_rc_add_[name/class]_style are broken for bg pixmaps, because
+   styles are broken for bg pixmaps, and RC styles only hack around
+   that.
+
+ * Try to rationally deal with someone else deleting one of our
+   windows??? This would mean keeping track of our window heirarchy
+   ourselves, for one thing, and will never be safe, because of
+   race conditions.
+
+ * --g-fatal-warnings flag that does 
+        g_set_warning_handler ((GWarningHandler)g_error);
+
+ * If a window spontaneously resizes itself N times before any
+   ConfigureNotify events are received, then due to the interaction
+   of the ConfigureNotify compression code in GDK and the resize
+   count used for the window, the window will be size_allocated
+   the next N-1 times it is moved.
+
+   Fix: Only send GDK_EVENT_CONFIGURE when the window is resized,
+   create a new event type for toplevel motion. (GDK_EVENT_REPOSITION?)
+   and eliminate the resize count in GtkWindow.
+
+ * Generic ScrolledWindow interface, which provide automatic scrollbar
+   capability to Viewport, Text, and CList widgets.
+
+ * GTK_POLICY_NEVER for scrolled windows.
+
+ * Consider caching more state in GdkWindowPrivate. Currently, 
+   every widget realization involves a XGetGeometry and a
+   XGetWindowAttributes. And every GdkWindow destruction
+   involves a XQueryTree.
+
+ * Should all the default handlers really return FALSE? This can
+   cause confusing presses to be sent to containers that actually
+   want to get events on themselves.
+
+ * New signals to handle accelerators: accel_before and accel_after (or
+   somesuch) to pre and post process accelerator calls. [Yosh]
+
+Text/Edit widget:
+
+  Bugs:
+
+  - Really big font (150 pt), plus lots of editing caused segfault
+
+  Improvements:
+
+  - Unify the key binding support in some fashion between the
+    Entry and Text widget widgets (???)
+
+  - Figure out a way not to recompute the geometry on insertions/deletions
+    which are large, but not a significant fraction of the
+    entire text. (e.g., compute the changes as when the widget
+    is not frozen, but without the actual scrolling)
+
+  - Prune the line start cache. But since it is only 68 bytes
+    per line, and it is a lot faster when lines are in the cache,
+    it may be better not to, at least for now.
+
+  - Show the non-editable state by changing colors. (Use the
+    style entries for insensitive?)
+
+  - Multibyte support for the Text widget.
+
+  - Unicode support to do the multi-byte right.
+
+  - Support an .inputrc. (The readline one doesn't really work,
+    unless it is extended because it can't represent X keysyms,
+    just terminal type input)
+
+  - A vi mode
+
+  - Word wrap, instead of line folding. (Should the continuation
+    characters be shown?)
+
+  - Horizontal scrolling
+
+  - Disable pasting compound text
+
+  - When showing background pixmap (not editable) actually set
+    the background pixmap as the windows bg pixmap, to improve
+    appearance on exposes. But this would require using another
+    window to get the origins.
+
+  - In word wrap mode, break:
+
+     aaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb
+
+     as:
+                            | Maximum column
+     aaaaaaaaaaa bbbbbbbbbbb|
+     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
+     bbbbbbbbb              |
+
+     Instead of:
+                            | 
+     aaaaaaaaaaa            |
+     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb|
+     bbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb   |
+
+  - Blinking cursor
+
+  - API's : gtk_text_clear, gtk_text_delete_lines (gint start, gint end),
+    gtk_text_append/prepend, gtk_text_insert_at (gint row, gint column),
+    some function to get the row/column from the x/y-coordinates of a 
+    mouse click, some function to get the word/line under the mouse pointer 
+    [ From: Stefan Jeske <jeske@braunschweig.netsurf.de> ]
+
+  - "changed" emitted when doing deletes on empty Text widget.
+
+  - Delete IC in editable->unrealize, not editable->finalize?

acconfig.h

@@ -15,18 +15,28 @@
 
 
 /* Other stuff */
+#undef GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING
+
 #undef HAVE_IPC_H
 #undef HAVE_SHM_H
-#undef HAVE_XPM
 #undef HAVE_XSHM_H
+#undef HAVE_SHAPE_EXT
 #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE
 
+/* some systems do not allow to ipcrm pages prior to
+ * actual usage, namely: OSF1 V3.2, SunOS 4.1.1, 5.5, 5.5.1, 5.6,
+ * IRIX 5.2 and 6.2.
+ */
 #undef IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE
 
 #undef NO_FD_SET
 
 #undef RESOURCE_BASE
 
+/* Define to enable POSIX threading awareness */
+#undef USE_PTHREADS
+
 #undef XINPUT_NONE
 #undef XINPUT_GXI
 #undef XINPUT_XFREE

acinclude.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+## libtool.m4 - Configure libtool for the target system. -*-Shell-script-*-
+## Copyright (C) 1996-1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+## Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+##
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+##
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+## WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+## General Public License for more details.
+##
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+##
+## As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
+## distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
+## configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
+## the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
+
+# serial 24 AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AM_ENABLE_SHARED])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_ENABLE_STATIC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_LD])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_NM])dnl
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])dnl
+dnl
+# Always use our own libtool.
+LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
+AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)dnl
+
+# Check for any special flags to pass to ltconfig.
+libtool_flags=
+test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-shared"
+test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --disable-static"
+test "$silent" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
+test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc"
+test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld"
+
+# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
+# libtool support.
+case "$host" in
+*-*-irix6*)
+  # Find out which ABI we are using.
+  echo '[#]line __oline__ "configure"' > conftest.$ac_ext
+  if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then
+    case "`/usr/bin/file conftest.o`" in
+    *32-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -32"
+      ;;
+    *N32*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
+      ;;
+    *64-bit*)
+      LD="${LD-ld} -64"
+      ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ;;
+
+*-*-sco3.2v5*)
+  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
+  ;;
+esac
+
+# Actually configure libtool.  ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found.
+CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
+LD="$LD" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" LN_S="$LN_S" \
+${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig \
+$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
+|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
+])
+
+# AM_ENABLE_SHARED - implement the --enable-shared flag
+# Usage: AM_ENABLE_SHARED[(DEFAULT)]
+#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
+#   `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_SHARED,
+[define([AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<<  --enable-shared         build shared libraries [default=>>AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT]
+changequote([, ])dnl
+[  --enable-shared=PKGS    only build shared libraries if the current package
+                          appears as an element in the PKGS list],
+[p=${PACKAGE-default}
+case "$enableval" in
+yes) enable_shared=yes ;;
+no) enable_shared=no ;;
+*)
+  enable_shared=no
+  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
+  for pkg in $enableval; do
+    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+      enable_shared=yes
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  ;;
+esac],
+enable_shared=AM_ENABLE_SHARED_DEFAULT)dnl
+])
+
+# AM_DISABLE_SHARED - set the default shared flag to --disable-shared
+AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_SHARED,
+[AM_ENABLE_SHARED(no)])
+
+# AM_DISABLE_STATIC - set the default static flag to --disable-static
+AC_DEFUN(AM_DISABLE_STATIC,
+[AM_ENABLE_STATIC(no)])
+
+# AM_ENABLE_STATIC - implement the --enable-static flag
+# Usage: AM_ENABLE_STATIC[(DEFAULT)]
+#   Where DEFAULT is either `yes' or `no'.  If omitted, it defaults to
+#   `yes'.
+AC_DEFUN(AM_ENABLE_STATIC,
+[define([AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT], ifelse($1, no, no, yes))dnl
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(static,
+changequote(<<, >>)dnl
+<<  --enable-static         build static libraries [default=>>AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT]
+changequote([, ])dnl
+[  --enable-static=PKGS    only build shared libraries if the current package
+                          appears as an element in the PKGS list],
+[p=${PACKAGE-default}
+case "$enableval" in
+yes) enable_static=yes ;;
+no) enable_static=no ;;
+*)
+  enable_static=no
+  # Look at the argument we got.  We use all the common list separators.
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:,"
+  for pkg in $enableval; do
+    if test "X$pkg" = "X$p"; then
+      enable_static=yes
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  ;;
+esac],
+enable_static=AM_ENABLE_STATIC_DEFAULT)dnl
+])
+
+
+# AM_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD,
+[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
+[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
+test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
+AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+ac_prog=ld
+if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
+  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
+  ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5`
+  case "$ac_prog" in
+  # Accept absolute paths.
+  /* | [A-Za-z]:\\*)
+    test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
+    ;;
+  "")
+    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
+    ac_prog=ld
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
+    with_gnu_ld=unknown
+    ;;
+  esac
+elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
+else
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
+fi
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD,
+[if test -z "$LD"; then
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then
+      ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
+      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
+      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
+      if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
+	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
+      else
+        test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+else
+  ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+fi])
+LD="$ac_cv_path_LD"
+if test -n "$LD"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
+AC_SUBST(LD)
+AM_PROG_LD_GNU
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD_GNU,
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
+[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
+if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
+fi])
+])
+
+# AM_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM,
+[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM,
+[case "$NM" in
+/* | [A-Za-z]:\\*)
+  ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+*)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in /usr/ucb /usr/ccs/bin $PATH /bin; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/nm; then
+      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
+      # Adding the `sed 1q' prevents false positives on HP-UX, which says:
+      #   nm: unknown option "B" ignored
+      if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
+        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B"
+      elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1 | sed '1q'; exit 0) | egrep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
+        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p"
+      else
+        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"
+      fi
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm
+  ;;
+esac])
+NM="$ac_cv_path_NM"
+AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
+AC_SUBST(NM)
+])

aclocal.m4

@@ -1,395 +0,0 @@
-dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.2
-
-# Do all the work for Automake.  This macro actually does too much --
-# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
-# But this isn't really a big deal.
-
-# serial 1
-
-dnl Usage:
-dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version, [no-define])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL])
-PACKAGE=[$1]
-AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
-VERSION=[$2]
-AC_SUBST(VERSION)
-dnl test to see if srcdir already configured
-if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`" && test -f $srcdir/config.status; then
-  AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first])
-fi
-ifelse([$3],,
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE")
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION"))
-AM_SANITY_CHECK
-AC_ARG_PROGRAM
-dnl FIXME This is truly gross.
-missing_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd`
-AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader, $missing_dir)
-AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo, $missing_dir)
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])
-
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
-test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
-AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
-])
-
-#
-# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
-#
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
-# Just in case
-sleep 1
-echo timestamp > conftestfile
-# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
-# arguments.  Must try -L first in case configure is actually a
-# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks
-# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing
-# directory).
-if (
-   set X `ls -Lt $srcdir/configure conftestfile 2> /dev/null`
-   if test "$@" = "X"; then
-      # -L didn't work.
-      set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`
-   fi
-   test "[$]2" = conftestfile
-   )
-then
-   # Ok.
-   :
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
-Check your system clock])
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])
-
-dnl AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM, DIRECTORY)
-dnl The program must properly implement --version.
-AC_DEFUN(AM_MISSING_PROG,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(for working $2)
-# Run test in a subshell; some versions of sh will print an error if
-# an executable is not found, even if stderr is redirected.
-# Redirect stdin to placate older versions of autoconf.  Sigh.
-if ($2 --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-   $1=$2
-   AC_MSG_RESULT(found)
-else
-   $1="$3/missing $2"
-   AC_MSG_RESULT(missing)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)])
-
-# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
-[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
-dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
-dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
-dnl that is generated.  We must strip everything past the first ":",
-dnl and everything past the last "/".
-AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>,
-<<test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>,
-<<am_indx=1
-for am_file in <<$1>>; do
-  case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in
-  *" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>>
-    echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx
-    ;;
-  esac
-  am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1`
-done<<>>dnl>>)
-changequote([,]))])
-
-
-# serial 17 AM_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LIBTOOL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_LD])
-AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_NM])
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_LN_S])
-
-# Always use our own libtool.
-LIBTOOL='$(SHELL) $(top_builddir)/libtool'
-AC_SUBST(LIBTOOL)
-
-dnl Allow the --disable-shared flag to stop us from building shared libs.
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(shared,
-[  --enable-shared         build shared libraries [default=yes]],
-[if test "$enableval" = no; then
-  libtool_enable_shared=no
-else
-  libtool_enable_shared=yes
-fi])
-test -n "$libtool_enable_shared" && enable_shared="$libtool_enable_shared"
-libtool_shared=
-test "$enable_shared" = no && libtool_shared=" --disable-shared"
-
-dnl Allow the --disable-static flag to stop us from building static libs.
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(static,
-[  --enable-static         build static libraries [default=yes]],
-[if test "$enableval" = no; then
-  libtool_enable_static=no
-else
-  libtool_enable_static=yes
-fi])
-test -n "$libtool_enable_static" && enable_static="$libtool_enable_static"
-libtool_static=
-test "$enable_static" = no && libtool_static=" --disable-static"
-
-libtool_flags="$libtool_shared$libtool_static"
-test "$silent" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --silent"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gcc"
-test "$ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld" = yes && libtool_flags="$libtool_flags --with-gnu-ld"
-
-# Some flags need to be propagated to the compiler or linker for good
-# libtool support.
-[case "$host" in
-*-*-irix6*)
-  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
-  flag_passed=no
-  for f in -32 -64 -n32 ABI -cckr -mips1 -mips2 -mips3 -mips4; do
-    case "$f" in
-    ABI)
-      test -n "$SGI_ABI" && flag_passed=yes
-      if test "$flag_passed" = no && test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
-	# Choose the ABI flag according to GCC's specs.
-	if $CC -dumpspecs 2>&1 | sed '/^\*link:$/,/^$/!d' | egrep -e '[ 	]-32' >/dev/null; then
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -32"
-	else
-	  LD="${LD-ld} -n32"
-	fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-
-    *)
-      if echo " $CC $CFLAGS " | egrep -e "[ 	]$f[	 ]" > /dev/null; then
-	flag_passed=yes
-	LD="${LD-ld} $f"
-      fi
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
-  ;;
-
-*-*-sco3.2v5*)
-  # On SCO OpenServer 5, we need -belf to get full-featured binaries.
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -belf"
-  ;;
-esac]
-
-# Actually configure libtool.  ac_aux_dir is where install-sh is found.
-CC="$CC" CFLAGS="$CFLAGS" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS" \
-LD="$LD" NM="$NM" RANLIB="$RANLIB" LN_S="$LN_S" \
-${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $ac_aux_dir/ltconfig \
-$libtool_flags --no-verify $ac_aux_dir/ltmain.sh $host \
-|| AC_MSG_ERROR([libtool configure failed])
-])
-
-# AM_PROG_LD - find the path to the GNU or non-GNU linker
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD,
-[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
-[  --with-gnu-ld           assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
-test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
-AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-ac_prog=ld
-if test "$ac_cv_prog_gcc" = yes; then
-  # Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
-  ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5`
-  case "$ac_prog" in
-  # Accept absolute paths.
-  /*)
-    test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
-    ;;
-  "")
-    # If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
-    ac_prog=ld
-    ;;
-  *)
-    # If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
-    with_gnu_ld=unknown
-    ;;
-  esac
-elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
-else
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
-fi
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_LD,
-[if test -z "$LD"; then
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog"; then
-      ac_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
-      # Check to see if the program is GNU ld.  I'd rather use --version,
-      # but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-      # Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
-      if "$ac_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' > /dev/null; then
-	test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break
-      else
-        test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-else
-  ac_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-fi])
-LD="$ac_cv_path_LD"
-if test -n "$LD"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
-AC_SUBST(LD)
-AM_PROG_LD_GNU
-])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_LD_GNU,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
-[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
-if $LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null | egrep '(GNU|with BFD)' 1>&5; then
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes
-else
-  ac_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no
-fi])
-])
-
-# AM_PROG_NM - find the path to a BSD-compatible name lister
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_NM,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([for BSD-compatible nm])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_NM,
-[case "$NM" in
-/*)
-  ac_cv_path_NM="$NM" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-*)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in /usr/ucb $PATH /bin; do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/nm; then
-      # Check to see if the nm accepts a BSD-compat flag.
-      if ($ac_dir/nm -B /dev/null 2>&1; exit 0) | grep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -B"
-      elif ($ac_dir/nm -p /dev/null 2>&1; exit 0) | grep /dev/null >/dev/null; then
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm -p"
-      else
-        ac_cv_path_NM="$ac_dir/nm"
-      fi
-      break
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-  test -z "$ac_cv_path_NM" && ac_cv_path_NM=nm
-  ;;
-esac])
-NM="$ac_cv_path_NM"
-AC_MSG_RESULT([$NM])
-AC_SUBST(NM)
-])
-
-# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure.
-# From Jim Meyering
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_MAINTAINER_MODE,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
-  dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
-[  --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful
-                          (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
-      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval,
-      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no)
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_MAINTAINER_MODE)
-  if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
-    MAINT=
-  else
-    MAINT='#M#'
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl
-]
-)
-
-
-# serial 1
-
-# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
-# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
-# @ovindex CC
-# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
-# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so.  This macro tries various
-# options that select ANSI C on some system or another.  It considers the
-# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it defines @code{__STDC__} to 1 and
-# handles function prototypes correctly.
-#
-# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
-# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
-# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.  If you wrote your source
-# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
-# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
-# @end defmac
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_CONST])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
-ac_save_CC="$CC"
-# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
-# breaks some systems' header files.
-# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
-# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
-# HP-UX			-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
-for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-[#if !defined(__STDC__) || __STDC__ != 1
-choke me
-#endif
-/* DYNIX/ptx V4.1.3 can't compile sys/stat.h with -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__. */
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-], [
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};],
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
-done
-CC="$ac_save_CC"
-])
-if test -z "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([none needed])
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
-fi
-case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
-  x|xno) ;;
-  *) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
-esac
-])
-

autogen.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+# Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc.
+
+PROJECT=Gtk+
+TEST_TYPE=-d
+FILE=gdk
+
+DIE=0
+
+(autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+	echo
+	echo "You must have autoconf installed to compile $PROJECT."
+	echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution,"
+	echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/"
+	DIE=1
+}
+
+(libtool --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+	echo
+	echo "You must have libtool installed to compile $PROJECT."
+	echo "Get ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/libtool-1.0h.tar.gz"
+	echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+	DIE=1
+}
+
+(automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || {
+	echo
+	echo "You must have automake installed to compile $PROJECT."
+	echo "Get ftp://ftp.cygnus.com/pub/home/tromey/automake-1.2d.tar.gz"
+	echo "(or a newer version if it is available)"
+	DIE=1
+}
+
+if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+test $TEST_TYPE $FILE || {
+	echo "You must run this script in the top-level $PROJECT directory"
+	exit 1
+}
+
+if test -z "$*"; then
+	echo "I am going to run ./configure with no arguments - if you wish "
+        echo "to pass any to it, please specify them on the $0 command line."
+fi
+
+case $CC in
+*lcc | *lcc\ *) am_opt=--include-deps;;
+esac
+
+aclocal $ACLOCAL_FLAGS
+
+# optionally feature autoheader
+(autoheader --version)  < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 && autoheader
+
+automake $am_opt
+autoconf
+
+./configure "$@"
+
+echo 
+echo "Now type 'make' to compile $PROJECT."

config.h.in

@@ -3,28 +3,45 @@
 /* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
 #undef const
 
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
 /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
 #undef RETSIGTYPE
 
 /* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
 #undef STDC_HEADERS
 
+/* Define if your processor stores words with the most significant
+   byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX).  */
+#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+
 /* Define if the X Window System is missing or not being used.  */
 #undef X_DISPLAY_MISSING
 
 /* Other stuff */
+#undef GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING
+
 #undef HAVE_IPC_H
 #undef HAVE_SHM_H
-#undef HAVE_XPM
 #undef HAVE_XSHM_H
+#undef HAVE_SHAPE_EXT
 #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H
+#undef HAVE_XCONVERTCASE
 
+/* some systems do not allow to ipcrm pages prior to
+ * actual usage, namely: OSF1 V3.2, SunOS 4.1.1, 5.5, 5.5.1, 5.6,
+ * IRIX 5.2 and 6.2.
+ */
 #undef IPC_RMID_DEFERRED_RELEASE
 
 #undef NO_FD_SET
 
 #undef RESOURCE_BASE
 
+/* Define to enable POSIX threading awareness */
+#undef USE_PTHREADS
+
 #undef XINPUT_NONE
 #undef XINPUT_GXI
 #undef XINPUT_XFREE
@@ -32,5 +49,8 @@
 /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (int or void).  */
 #undef RETSIGTYPE
 
-/* #undef PACKAGE */
-/* #undef VERSION */
+/* Define if you have the getpagesize function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H

configure.in

@@ -1,11 +1,49 @@
 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
 AC_INIT(gdk/gdktypes.h)
 
-# Configure glib
-AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(glib)
+# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
+cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
+
+# Making releases:
+#   GTK_MICRO_VERSION += 1;
+#   GTK_INTERFACE_AGE += 1;
+#   GTK_BINARY_AGE += 1;
+# if any functions have been added, set GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
+# if backwards compatibility has been broken,
+# set GTK_BINARY_AGE and GTK_INTERFACE_AGE to 0.
+#
+GTK_MAJOR_VERSION=1
+GTK_MINOR_VERSION=1
+GTK_MICRO_VERSION=2
+GTK_INTERFACE_AGE=0
+GTK_BINARY_AGE=0
+GTK_VERSION=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION.$GTK_MICRO_VERSION
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MAJOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MINOR_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_MICRO_VERSION)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_INTERFACE_AGE)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_BINARY_AGE)
+AC_SUBST(GTK_VERSION)
+
+# libtool versioning
+LT_RELEASE=$GTK_MAJOR_VERSION.$GTK_MINOR_VERSION
+LT_CURRENT=`expr $GTK_MICRO_VERSION - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
+LT_REVISION=$GTK_INTERFACE_AGE
+LT_AGE=`expr $GTK_BINARY_AGE - $GTK_INTERFACE_AGE`
+AC_SUBST(LT_RELEASE)
+AC_SUBST(LT_CURRENT)
+AC_SUBST(LT_REVISION)
+AC_SUBST(LT_AGE)
+
+# For automake.
+VERSION=$GTK_VERSION
+PACKAGE=gtk+
+
+# Save this value here, since automake will set cflags later
+cflags_set=${CFLAGS+set}
 
 dnl Initialize automake stuff
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(gtk+, 971109)
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE($PACKAGE, $VERSION, no-define)
 
 # Specify a configuration file
 AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h)
@@ -20,21 +58,30 @@ AC_CANONICAL_HOST
 
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(shm, [  --enable-shm            support shared memory if available [default=yes]],
 		   echo $enable_shm, enable_shm="yes")
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [  --enable-debug          turn on debugging [default=no]],
-if eval "test x$enable_debug = xyes"; then
-  DEBUGFLAG="-g"
-fi)
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug, [  --enable-debug=[no/minimum/yes] turn on debugging [default=minimum]],,enable_debug=minimum)
 AC_ARG_ENABLE(ansi, [  --enable-ansi           turn on strict ansi [default=no]],
 		    , enable_ansi=no)
+AC_ARG_WITH(glib, [  --with-glib=DIR         Use uninstalled copy of glib])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE(xim, [  --enable-xim            support XIM [default=yes]],
+			echo $enable_xim, enable_xim="yes")
+AC_ARG_WITH(locale, [  --with-locale=LOCALE    locale name you want to use ])
 
-AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput[=no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(xinput, [  --with-xinput=[no/gxi/xfree] support XInput ])
+AC_ARG_WITH(threads, [  --with-threads=[posix] support threading ])
 
-if test -n "$DEBUGFLAG"; then
-  CFLAGS="$DEBUGFLAG"
+if test "x$enable_debug" = "xyes"; then
+  test "$cflags_set" = set || CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g"
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DG_ENABLE_DEBUG"
 else
-  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DNDEBUG"
+  if test "x$enable_debug" = "xno"; then
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DG_DISABLE_ASSERT -DG_DISABLE_CHECKS -DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DGTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS"
+  fi
 fi
 
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GTK_COMPILED_WITH_DEBUGGING, "${enable_debug}")
+
 # Build time sanity check...
 AM_SANITY_CHECK
 
@@ -44,25 +91,109 @@ AM_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_PROG_INSTALL
 AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
 
-if eval "test x$GCC = xyes"; then
-  test `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-Wall" > /dev/null 2> /dev/null`
-  if test ! $?; then
+if test "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then
+  if test -z "`echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-Wall" 2> /dev/null`" ; then
     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
   fi
 
-  if eval "test x$enable_ansi = xyes"; then
-    test `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-ansi" > /dev/null 2> /dev/null`
-    if test ! $?; then
+  if test "x$enable_ansi" = "xyes"; then
+    if test -z "`echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-ansi" 2> /dev/null`" ; then
       CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -ansi"
     fi
 
-    test `echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-pedantic" > /dev/null 2> /dev/null`
-    if test ! $?; then
+    if test -z "`echo "$CFLAGS" | grep "\-pedantic" 2> /dev/null`" ; then
       CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pedantic"
     fi
   fi
 fi
 
+dnl DU4 native cc currently needs -std1 for ANSI mode (instead of K&R)
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for extra flags to get ANSI library prototypes])
+gtk_save_LIBS=$LIBS
+LIBS="$LIBS -lm"
+AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
+             int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
+     AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed),
+     gtk_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+     CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std1"
+     AC_TRY_RUN([#include <math.h>
+	         int main (void) { return (log(1) != log(1.)); }],
+         AC_MSG_RESULT(-std1),
+         AC_MSG_RESULT()
+         CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
+         AC_MSG_WARN(
+                [No ANSI prototypes found in library. (-std1 didn't work.)])
+     )
+)
+LIBS=$gtk_save_LIBS
+
+dnl NeXTStep cc seems to need this
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for extra flags for POSIX compliance])
+AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <dirent.h>], [DIR *dir;],
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(none needed),
+  gtk_save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -posix"
+  AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <dirent.h>], [DIR *dir;],
+    AC_MSG_RESULT(-posix),
+    AC_MSG_RESULT()
+    CFLAGS=$gtk_save_CFLAGS
+    AC_MSG_WARN([Could not determine POSIX flag. (-posix didn't work.)])))
+
+if test "x$enable_xim" = "xyes"; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DUSE_XIM"
+fi
+
+if test x$with_glib = xyes ; then
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([
+*** Directory must be specified for --with-glib])
+fi
+
+if test x$with_glib = x ; then 
+  # Look for separately installed glib
+
+  AM_PATH_GLIB(1.1.3,,
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([
+*** GLIB 1.1.3 or better is required. The latest version of GLIB
+*** is always available from ftp://ftp.gtk.org.]),
+    gmodule)
+
+  glib_cflags=$GLIB_CFLAGS
+  glib_libs=$GLIB_LIBS
+else
+  # Use uninstalled glib (assume they got the version right)
+
+  if test -x $with_glib/glib-config ; then 
+    :
+  else
+    AC_MSG_ERROR([GLIB directory ($with_glib) not present or not configured])
+  fi
+
+  # For use in gtk-config
+  glib_cflags=`$with_glib/glib-config --cflags`
+  glib_libs=`$with_glib/glib-config --libs`
+
+  glib_release=`$with_glib/glib-config --version | sed 's%\\.[[0-9]]*$%%'`
+
+  # canonicalize relative paths
+  case $with_glib in 
+    /*)
+      glib_dir=$with_glib
+      ;;
+    *)
+      glib_dir="\$(top_builddir)/$with_glib"
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  GLIB_CFLAGS="-I$glib_dir"
+  GLIB_LIBS=$glib_dir/libglib-$glib_release.la
+
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
+  AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
+fi
+
+AC_SUBST(glib_cflags)
+AC_SUBST(glib_libs)
+
 # Find the X11 include and library directories
 AC_PATH_X
 AC_PATH_XTRA
@@ -74,34 +205,73 @@ fi
 saved_cflags="$CFLAGS"
 saved_ldflags="$LDFLAGS"
 
-CFLAGS="$X_CFLAGS"
-LDFLAGS="$X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
+CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $X_CFLAGS"
+LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS $X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
+
+if test "x$no_x" = "xyes"; then 
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([
+*** X libraries or include files not found. Check 'config.log' for 
+*** more details.])
+fi
 
 # Checks for libraries.
 # Check for the X11 library
-AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XOpenDisplay, x_libs="-lX11 $X_EXTRA_LIBS", no_x11_lib=yes, $X_EXTRA_LIBS)
+AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XOpenDisplay, x_libs="-lX11 $X_EXTRA_LIBS", 
+  AC_MSG_ERROR([*** libX11 not found. Check 'config.log' for more details.]),
+  $X_EXTRA_LIBS)
 
-if eval "test x$enable_shm = xyes"; then
+if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
   # Check for the Xext library (needed for XShm extention)
-  AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShmAttach, x_libs="-lXext $x_libs", no_xext_lib=yes, $x_libs)
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShmAttach, 
+      x_libs="-lXext $x_libs", 
+      # On AIX, it is in XextSam instead, but we still need -lXext
+      AC_CHECK_LIB(XextSam, XShmAttach, 
+          x_libs="-lXextSam -lXext $x_libs", 
+          no_xext_lib=yes, $x_libs),
+      $x_libs)
 fi
 
+# Check for shaped window extension
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(Xext, XShapeCombineMask,
+      if test -z "`echo $x_libs | grep "\-lXext" 2> /dev/null`"; then
+           x_libs="-lXext $x_libs"
+      fi
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHAPE_EXT),
+      ,
+      $x_libs)
+
+# Check for XConvertCase (X11R6 specific)
+
+AC_CHECK_LIB(X11, XConvertCase,
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XCONVERTCASE),
+      ,
+      $x_libs)
+
 x_cflags="$X_CFLAGS"
 x_ldflags="$X_LDFLAGS $X_LIBS"
 
 # set up things for XInput
 
-if eval "test x$with_xinput = xgxi -o x$with_xinput = xyes"; then
+if test "x$with_xinput" = "xgxi" || test "x$with_xinput" = "xyes"; then
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_GXI)
   xinput_progs=gxid
   x_libs="-lXi $x_libs"
-elif eval "test x$with_xinput = xxfree"; then
+elif test "x$with_xinput" = "xxfree"; then
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_XFREE)
   x_libs="-lXi $x_libs"
 else
   AC_DEFINE(XINPUT_NONE)
 fi
 
+# Threads
+
+if test "x$with_threads" = "xposix" || test "x$with_threads" = "xyes"; then
+  AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_attr_init, 
+    AC_DEFINE(USE_PTHREADS)
+    x_libs="$x_libs -lpthread"
+    CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_REENTRANT") 
+fi
 
 AC_SUBST(x_cflags)
 AC_SUBST(x_includes)
@@ -112,7 +282,7 @@ AC_SUBST(xinput_progs)
 CFLAGS="$saved_cflags"
 LDFLAGS="$saved_ldflags"
 
-if eval "test x$enable_shm = xyes"; then
+if test "x$enable_shm" = "xyes"; then
   # Check for shared memory
   AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/ipc.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_IPC_H), no_sys_ipc=yes)
   AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/shm.h, AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SHM_H), no_sys_shm=yes)
@@ -151,11 +321,11 @@ if eval "test x$enable_shm = xyes"; then
 
   # Check for the X shared memory extension header file
   AC_MSG_CHECKING(X11/extensions/XShm.h)
-  if eval "test x$no_ext_lib = xyes"; then
+  if test "x$no_xext_lib" = "xyes"; then
     AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
     no_xshm=yes
   else
-    if eval "test -f $x_includes/X11/extensions/XShm.h"; then
+    if test -f "$x_includes/X11/extensions/XShm.h"; then
       AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
       AC_DEFINE(HAVE_XSHM_H)
     else
@@ -186,29 +356,62 @@ gtk_cv_display_resource_base="private3")])
 AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_cv_display_resource_base)
 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(RESOURCE_BASE, gdk_display->$gtk_cv_display_resource_base)
 
+# Check if X_LOCALE definition is necessary
+
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(need -DX_LOCALE)
+
+AC_TRY_RUN([
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <locale.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  return setlocale (LC_ALL, "${with_locale}") == NULL;
+}],
+need_x_locale=no,
+need_x_locale=yes)
+AC_MSG_RESULT($need_x_locale)
+
+if test $need_x_locale = yes; then
+  CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DX_LOCALE"
+fi
+
 # Checks for header files.
 AC_HEADER_STDC
 
 # Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
 AC_C_CONST
 
+# Checks for endianness (needed by GdkRgb).
+AC_C_BIGENDIAN
+
 # Checks for library functions.
 AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+AC_FUNC_MMAP
 
-# Check for sys/select.h
-
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([fd_set and sys/select])
+# Check if <sys/select.h> needs to be included for fd_set
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for fd_set])
 AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>],
         [fd_set readMask, writeMask;], gtk_ok=yes, gtk_ok=no)
-if test $gtk_ok = no; then
+if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/types.h])
+else
     AC_HEADER_EGREP(fd_mask, sys/select.h, gtk_ok=yes)
     if test $gtk_ok = yes; then
         AC_DEFINE(HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H)
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, found in sys/select.h])
+    else
+	AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET)
+	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
     fi
 fi
-AC_MSG_RESULT($gtk_ok)
-if test $gtk_ok = no; then
-    AC_DEFINE(NO_FD_SET)
-fi
 
-AC_OUTPUT(Makefile gtk+.xconfig docs/Makefile gdk/Makefile gtk/Makefile)
+AC_OUTPUT([
+Makefile
+gtk-config
+docs/Makefile
+gdk/Makefile
+gtk/Makefile
+gtk/gtkfeatures.h
+], [chmod +x gtk-config])

debian/README.debian

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+libgtk1 for Debian
+----------------------
+
+The GIMP Tool Kit (gtk) is a set of widgets to help you program
+programs for the X Windowing System easily and powerfully.
+
+gtk is the moving force behind The GNU Image Manipulation Program (The
+GIMP) -- the number one freely-available image editing and creation
+program available. 
+
+gtk is rapidly under development, and the source tree has officially
+been separated from The GIMP now, as other teams of programmers
+are beginning to write software using its great widget set -- like
+GNOME, a desktop interface for X, and gzilla, a freely available
+web browser for X.
+
+Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>, Mon, 29 Sep 1997 13:11:45 -0700
+

debian/changelog

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+gtk+ (1:0.99.8-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * New file included in libgtk-dev: /usr/share/aclocal/gtk.m4,
+    to help autoconf/automake developers use gtk and gtk-config
+    more easily.
+  * New file included in libgtk-doc: /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/gtk-config.txt
+    Please refer to this doc when developing for gtk or compiling
+    and running into odd path-related errors.
+    
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Thu, 19 Mar 1998 19:58:53 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-4) frozen unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Rebuild with native Debian libtool to have libraries properly
+    linked with libc and libX et al.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Tue, 17 Mar 1998 16:05:13 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-3) frozen unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Accidentally included all the html docs in /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/faq-html;
+    moved the tutorial into /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html.
+  * Included the Italian Gtk+ Tutorial in 
+    /usr/doc/libgtk-doc/italian-tutorial-html.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 16 Mar 1998 22:39:57 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Upstream source added a /usr/lib/glib/ directory that I didn't
+    notice; included this directory in libgtk-dev.
+  * Realized that Xinput support was broken because I was doing
+    ./configure --enable-xinput=xfree instead of ./configure
+    --with-xinput=xfree. Fixed.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sun, 15 Mar 1998 19:17:05 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.7-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream release -- THIS IS INCOMPATIBLE WITH OLDER RELEASES!
+    All Gtk-using packages *will* need patches to work with this Gtk!
+  * Upstream release includes 'gtk-config' script to check installed
+    version of Gtk; included said script in libgtk-dev in /usr/bin.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sun, 15 Mar 1998 11:03:03 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.5-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Modified libgtk-doc to Replace: libgtk-dev (<< 1:0.99.4) to
+    deal with both packages including the same .info files.
+    Fixes bug #19533.
+  * Also noticed that libgtk-dev depended on libgtk1 without
+    an epoch! Fixed.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Thu, 12 Mar 1998 13:37:11 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.5-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Wow, that was quick, a new upstream version.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  9 Mar 1998 22:08:08 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.4-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Recompiled with --enable-xinput=xfree to enable Wacom pads
+    and other physical input devices.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  9 Mar 1998 21:26:07 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.4-2) unstable; urgency=MEDIUM
+
+  * Ack! The shlibs file makes things depend on libgtk1 (>= 0.99.4)
+    rather than (>= 1:0.99.4)! Fixes bug #19134.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sat,  7 Mar 1998 23:57:33 -0800
+
+gtk+ (1:0.99.4-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Recompiled with new debhelper to remove du warnings.
+  * Upstream source is named gtk+, not libgtk1. Changed source name.
+  * Removed --disable-xim in hopes that xim is no longer broken.
+  * Removed testgtk at the behest of the Gtk developers until I can
+    come up with a better solution, probably related to:
+  * the new libgtk-doc package! :) libgtk-doc contains the Gtk FAQ,
+    the Gtk Tutorial, and the Gtk info files.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Tue,  3 Mar 1998 22:23:47 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.3-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Created manpage for testgtk program.
+  * Fixed copyright mention to LGPL.gz to be just LGPL.
+  * This fixes all known lintian errors.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Wed, 11 Feb 1998 14:07:17 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.3-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Include the testgtk binary in libgtk-dev.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sat, 24 Jan 1998 15:30:09 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.2-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Fixed shlibs file to specify version >=1:0.99.2.
+  * Renamed debian/postinst.libgtk1 to debian/postinst, so debhelper
+    would actually install it.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  5 Jan 1998 12:22:46 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.2-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Sun,  4 Jan 1998 00:21:21 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (1:0.99.0-1) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+  * New upstream version with new numbering scheme, went to epoch :1
+    correspondingly.
+  * Hopefully fixed entry-field bug.
+  * Converted to use debhelper.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 15 Dec 1997 12:02:25 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (971201-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Fixed copyright to say LGPL, not GPL. (bug #14867)
+  * Re-added postinst ldconfig call. (bug #14213)
+  * Info files should be correct now. (bugs #14773, #15143)
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon,  1 Dec 1997 16:41:50 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (971109-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Name is really 'GIMP Tool Kit', not 'General Tool Kit'.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 10 Nov 1997 16:15:27 -0800
+
+libgtk1 (970925-3) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Moved the include files to /usr/include/{gtk,gdk}.
+  * Removed postinst/postrm ldconfig calls, fixes old gimp bug #13773.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Fri, 17 Oct 1997 17:06:10 -0700
+
+libgtk1 (970925-2) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * Added the shlibs file.
+  * Removed the postinst/postrm calls to ldconfig, fixes bug #13733.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Fri, 10 Oct 1997 17:55:39 -0700
+
+libgtk1 (970925-1) unstable; urgency=low
+
+  * New upstream version.
+  * Split off source tree from gimp's source tree.
+
+ -- Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>  Mon, 29 Sep 1997 13:14:45 -0700
+
+Local variables:
+mode: debian-changelog
+add-log-mailing-address: "che@debian.org"
+End:

debian/control

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Source: gtk+
+Priority: optional
+Section: libs
+Maintainer: Ben Gertzfield <che@debian.org>
+Standards-Version: 2.4.0.0
+
+Package: libgtk1
+Architecture: any
+Section: libs
+Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}
+Description: The GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X
+ The GIMP Toolkit is a freely available set of widgets for X.
+ GTK is easy to use, and has been implemented in such projects as
+ The GNU Image Manipulation Program (The GIMP), GNOME, a GNU
+ desktop set of utilities for X, and gzilla, a GNU web-browser.
+
+Package: libgtk-dev
+Architecture: any
+Section: devel
+Depends: libgtk1 (>= 1:0.99.8)
+Suggests: libgtk-doc
+Replaces: libgtk1 (<= 0.99.7)
+Description: Header files and static libraries for the GIMP Toolkit
+ This package contains the header files and static libraries for the
+ GIMP Toolkit set of widgets for X. 
+ .
+ Install this package if you wish to develop your own X programs using
+ the GIMP Toolkit, or if you wish to compile your own plug-ins for
+ The GIMP.
+
+Package: libgtk-doc
+Architecture: all
+Section: docs
+Replaces: libgtk-dev (<< 1:0.99.4)
+Description: Documentation and example code for the GIMP Toolkit
+ This package contains lots of info-files, HTML docs, FAQs, and
+ other handy documentation about the GIMP Toolkit set of widgets
+ for X.
+ .
+ Install this package if you want to have lots of info about the
+ GIMP toolkit when you're programming.

debian/copyright

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+This package was debianized by Ben Gertzfield che@imsa.edu on
+Tue, 22 Jul 1997 20:53:20 -0500
+
+It was downloaded from ftp.gimp.org.
+
+It may be redistributed under the terms of the GNU LGPL, Version 2 or
+later, found on Debian systems in the file /usr/doc/copyright/LGPL.
+

debian/libgtk-dev.postinst

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+ldconfig
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-dev.prerm

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+install-info --quiet --remove gtk
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-doc.postinst

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Toolkit." \
+ --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/gtk.info.gz
+
+install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Drawing Kit." \
+ --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/gdk.info.gz
+
+install-info --quiet --description="The GIMP Library." \
+ --section "The GIMP" "The GIMP" /usr/info/glib.info.gz
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/libgtk-doc.prerm

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+install-info --quiet --remove gtk
+install-info --quiet --remove glib
+install-info --quiet --remove gdk
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/postinst

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+set -e
+
+ldconfig
+
+#DEBHELPER#

debian/rules

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+#!/usr/bin/make -f
+
+# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode.
+#export DH_VERBOSE=1
+
+build: build-stamp
+build-stamp:
+	dh_testdir
+	# Add here commands to compile the package.
+	./configure --prefix=/usr --with-xinput=xfree
+	$(MAKE)
+	cd docs && make -f Makefile.sgml
+	cd ..
+	touch build-stamp
+
+clean:
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	rm -f build-stamp
+	# Add here commands to clean up after the build process.
+	-$(MAKE) distclean
+	-rm docs/*.html
+	dh_clean
+
+install: install-stamp
+install-stamp: build
+	dh_testdir
+	dh_testroot
+	dh_clean
+	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr install
+	touch install-stamp
+
+# Build architecture-independent files here.
+binary-indep: build install libgtk-doc
+# We have nothing to do by default.
+
+# Build architecture-dependent files here.
+binary-arch: build install libgtk-dev libgtk1
+
+libgtk1: build
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk1 
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk1
+#	dh_clean -plibgtk1
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk1
+	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
+	rm -rf debian/tmp/usr/bin debian/tmp/usr/include debian/tmp/usr/info debian/tmp/usr/lib/glib debian/tmp/usr/share
+#	dh_movefiles -plibgtk1
+#	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr install
+#	rmdir debian/tmp/usr/bin
+#	rm debian/tmp/usr/lib/*.{so,la,a}
+#	rm -rf debian/tmp/usr/{include,info}
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk1
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk1
+	dh_strip -plibgtk1
+	dh_compress -plibgtk1
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk1
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk1
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk1
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk1
+	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk1 -V 'libgtk1 (>= 1:0.99.7)'
+#	echo "libglib 1 libgtk1 (>=0.99.4)" >> debian/tmp/DEBIAN/shlibs
+#	echo "libgtk 1 libgtk1 (>=0.99.4)" >> debian/tmp/DEBIAN/shlibs
+#	echo "libgdk 1 libgtk1 (>=0.99.4)" >> debian/tmp/DEBIAN/shlibs
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk1
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk1
+
+libgtk-dev: build
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_clean -plibgtk-dev -k
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-dev
+	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
+	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-dev
+	cp gtk-config debian/tmp/usr/bin
+#	$(MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/libgtk-dev/usr install
+#	find debian/libgtk-dev/usr/lib \( -type f -or -type l \) -and ! \( -name \*.so -or -name \*.a \) | xargs rm
+#	cp gtk/.libs/testgtk debian/libgtk-dev/usr/bin
+#	cp debian/testgtk.1 debian/libgtk-dev/usr/man/man1
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-dev 
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_strip -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-dev
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-dev
+
+libgtk-doc:
+	dh_testdir -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_testroot -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_clean -plibgtk-doc -k
+	dh_installdirs -plibgtk-doc usr/doc/libgtk-doc/faq-html \
+	  usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html usr/doc/libgtk-doc/italian-tutorial-html
+	# Add here commands to install the files into debian/tmp
+	dh_movefiles -plibgtk-doc
+	cp docs/gtkfaq*.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/faq-html
+	cp docs/gtk_tut-*.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html
+	cp docs/gtk_tut.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/tutorial-html
+	cp docs/gtk_tut_it*.html debian/libgtk-doc/usr/doc/libgtk-doc/italian-tutorial-html
+	dh_installdocs -plibgtk-doc docs/{debugging,developers,styles,text_widget,widget_system,gtk-config}.txt ChangeLog TODO NEWS
+	dh_installchangelogs -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_strip -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_compress -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_fixperms -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_installdeb -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_shlibdeps -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_gencontrol -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_makeshlibs -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_md5sums -plibgtk-doc
+	dh_builddeb -plibgtk-doc
+
+
+source diff:                                                                  
+	@echo >&2 'source and diff are obsolete - use dpkg-source -b'; false
+
+binary: binary-indep binary-arch
+.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary

docs/.cvsignore

@@ -1 +1,18 @@
 Makefile
+Makefile.in
+*.html
+*.info*
+*.dvi
+*.ps
+*.pg
+*.ky
+*.cp
+*.fn
+*.tp
+*.vr
+*.log
+*.aux
+*.toc
+*.cps
+*.fns
+*.vrs

docs/Makefile.am

@@ -1,8 +1,31 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
 
-info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi
+info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi glib.texi
 
-EXTRA_DIST = texinfo.tex macros.texi
+man_MANS = gtk-config.1
+
+EXTRA_DIST =	\
+	texinfo.tex 		\
+	macros.texi		\
+	Makefile.sgml		\
+	gtkdocs_fix		\
+	gtkfaq.sgml		\
+        gtk-config.txt          \
+	gtk_tut.sgml		\
+	gtk_tut_it.sgml		\
+	gtk_tut_fr.sgml		\
+	debugging.txt		\
+	developers.txt		\
+	refcounting.txt		\
+	styles.txt		\
+	text_widget.txt 	\
+	widget_system.txt 	\
+	gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
+	gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
+	gtk_tut_table.gif	\
+	gtk-config.1
+
+	
 
 files:
 	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \

docs/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.3 from Makefile.am
+
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+
+bindir = @bindir@
+sbindir = @sbindir@
+libexecdir = @libexecdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
+sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
+localstatedir = @localstatedir@
+libdir = @libdir@
+infodir = @infodir@
+mandir = @mandir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+oldincludedir = /usr/include
+
+DISTDIR =
+
+pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
+pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
+
+top_builddir = ..
+
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = :
+PRE_INSTALL = :
+POST_INSTALL = :
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
+PRE_UNINSTALL = :
+POST_UNINSTALL = :
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+CC = @CC@
+GTK_MAJOR_VERSION = @GTK_MAJOR_VERSION@
+GTK_MICRO_VERSION = @GTK_MICRO_VERSION@
+GTK_MINOR_VERSION = @GTK_MINOR_VERSION@
+GTK_VERSION = @GTK_VERSION@
+LD = @LD@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+LN_S = @LN_S@
+LT_AGE = @LT_AGE@
+LT_CURRENT = @LT_CURRENT@
+LT_RELEASE = @LT_RELEASE@
+LT_REVISION = @LT_REVISION@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+NM = @NM@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+x_cflags = @x_cflags@
+x_includes = @x_includes@
+x_ldflags = @x_ldflags@
+x_libs = @x_libs@
+xinput_progs = @xinput_progs@
+
+info_TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi glib.texi
+
+man_MANS = gtk-config.1
+
+EXTRA_DIST =	\
+	texinfo.tex 		\
+	macros.texi		\
+	Makefile.sgml		\
+	gtkdocs_fix		\
+	gtkfaq.sgml		\
+        gtk-config.txt          \
+	gtk_tut.sgml		\
+	gtk_tut_it.sgml		\
+	debugging.txt		\
+	developers.txt		\
+	refcounting.txt		\
+	styles.txt		\
+	text_widget.txt 	\
+	widget_system.txt 	\
+	gtk_tut_packbox1.gif 	\
+	gtk_tut_packbox2.gif 	\
+	gtk_tut_table.gif	\
+	gtk-config.1
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
+CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
+INFO_DEPS = gdk.info gtk.info glib.info
+DVIS = gdk.dvi gtk.dvi glib.dvi
+TEXINFOS = gdk.texi gtk.texi glib.texi
+man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
+MANS = $(man_MANS)
+
+NROFF = nroff
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in texinfo.tex
+
+
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+TAR = tar
+GZIP = --best
+all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS) $(MANS)
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu docs/Makefile
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+
+gdk.info: gdk.texi
+gdk.dvi: gdk.texi
+
+
+gtk.info: gtk.texi
+gtk.dvi: gtk.texi
+
+
+glib.info: glib.texi
+glib.dvi: glib.texi
+
+
+DVIPS = dvips
+
+.texi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.texi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.txi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+.dvi.ps:
+	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	    else : ; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
+
+uninstall-info:
+	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  ii=yes; \
+	else ii=; fi; \
+	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  test -z "$ii" \
+	    || install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
+	done
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  (cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	done
+
+dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -f gdk.aux gdk.cp gdk.cps gdk.dvi gdk.fn gdk.fns gdk.ky gdk.kys \
+	  gdk.ps gdk.log gdk.pg gdk.toc gdk.tp gdk.tps gdk.vr gdk.vrs \
+	  gdk.op gdk.tr gdk.cv gdk.cn gtk.aux gtk.cp gtk.cps gtk.dvi \
+	  gtk.fn gtk.fns gtk.ky gtk.kys gtk.ps gtk.log gtk.pg gtk.toc \
+	  gtk.tp gtk.tps gtk.vr gtk.vrs gtk.op gtk.tr gtk.cv gtk.cn \
+	  glib.aux glib.cp glib.cps glib.dvi glib.fn glib.fns glib.ky \
+	  glib.kys glib.ps glib.log glib.pg glib.toc glib.tp glib.tps \
+	  glib.vr glib.vrs glib.op glib.tr glib.cv glib.cn
+
+clean-aminfo:
+
+distclean-aminfo:
+
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
+	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  rm -f $$i; \
+	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
+	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+install-man1:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)
+	@list='$(man1_MANS)'; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do \
+	  case "$$i" in \
+	    *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$$i; then file=$(srcdir)/$$i; \
+	  else file=$$i; fi; \
+	  ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+	  echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \
+	done
+
+uninstall-man1:
+	@list='$(man1_MANS)'; \
+	l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do \
+	  case "$$i" in \
+	    *.1*) list="$$list $$i" ;; \
+	  esac; \
+	done; \
+	for i in $$list; do \
+	  ext=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/^.*\\.//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \
+	  inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \
+	  echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \
+	done
+install-man: $(MANS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) install-man1
+uninstall-man:
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) uninstall-man1
+tags: TAGS
+TAGS:
+
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+
+subdir = docs
+
+distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnu docs/Makefile
+	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
+	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	done
+	$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+info: $(INFO_DEPS)
+dvi: $(DVIS)
+check: all
+	$(MAKE)
+installcheck:
+install-exec: 
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+
+install-data: install-info-am install-man
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+
+install: install-exec install-data all
+	@:
+
+uninstall: uninstall-info uninstall-man
+
+install-strip:
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+installdirs:
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/man1
+
+
+mostlyclean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
+
+clean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
+
+distclean-generic:
+	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
+
+maintainer-clean-generic:
+	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
+	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+
+clean:  clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
+
+distclean:  distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
+	-rm -f config.status
+	-rm -f libtool
+
+maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic \
+		distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+.PHONY: install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
+distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo install-man1 \
+uninstall-man1 install-man uninstall-man tags distdir info dvi \
+installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
+maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+
+
+files:
+	@files=`ls $(DISTFILES) 2> /dev/null `; for p in $$files; do \
+	  echo $$p; \
+	done
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

docs/Makefile.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#
+# To use this makefile, do:
+# make -f Makefile.gtkfaq
+#
+# This is not done by default because you might
+# not have sgml2html installed... Perhaps we could
+# detect that in the future and combine it in with
+# the automake stuff...
+#
+
+all: html ps
+
+html: faq tut italian_tut
+	perl gtkdocs_fix gtkfaq*.html gtk_tut*.html
+
+txt:
+	sgml2txt gtkfaq.sgml
+	sgml2txt gtk_tut.sgml
+	sgml2txt gtk_tut_it.sgml
+
+ps: dvi
+	dvips -o gtkfaq.ps gtkfaq.dvi
+	dvips -o gtk_tut.ps gtk_tut.dvi
+	dvips -o gtk_tut_it.ps gtk_tut_it.dvi
+
+dvi: 
+	sgml2latex gtkfaq.sgml
+	sgml2latex gtk_tut.sgml
+	sgml2latex gtk_tut_it.sgml
+
+faq:
+	sgml2html gtkfaq.sgml
+
+tut:
+	sgml2html gtk_tut.sgml
+
+italian_tut:
+	sgml2html gtk_tut_it.sgml
+
+

docs/debugging.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+The GLIB, GDK, and GTK libraries have extensive support for
+debugging the library and your programs.
+
+The amount of debugging being done can be determined both
+at run time and compile time.
+
+COMPILE TIME OPTIONS
+--------------------
+
+At compile time, the amount of debugging support included is
+determined by four macros:
+
+G_ENABLE_DEBUG
+  If set, enable support for runtime checking.
+
+G_DISABLE_ASSERT
+  If set, disable g_assert macros
+
+G_DISABLE_CHECKS
+  If set, disable the g_return_if_fail and g_return_val_if_fail macros
+
+GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
+  If set, don't check casts between different object types
+
+
+Whether these macros are defined is controlled at configuration
+time by the --enable-debug option.
+
+--enable-debug=minimum [default]
+  Enable only inexpensive sanity checking 
+    sets GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
+
+--enable-debug=yes
+  Enable all debugging support
+    sets G_ENABLE_DEBUG
+
+--enable-debug=no (or --disable-debug)
+  Disable all debugging support (fastest)
+    sets G_DISABLE_ASSERT, G_DISABLE_CHECKS, and GTK_NO_CHECK_CASTS
+
+
+RUN TIME OPTIONS
+----------------
+
+At run time, if GTK+ was compiled with debugging enabled, different
+types of debugging information can be printed out. This is controlled
+by the:
+ 
+  GTK_DEBUG and GDK_DEBUG environment variables
+  --gtk-debug and --gdk-debug command line options
+  --gtk-no-debug and --gdk-no-debug command line options
+
+First the environment variables are applied, then the command line
+options are applied in the order given on the command line.
+
+Each of these can either be the special value 'all', or a sequence of
+':' separated options. (case is ignored). The environment variables
+and the --gtk-debug and --gdk-debug options add debugging options and
+the --gtk-no-debug and --gdk-no-debug options remove them.
+
+As noted below, some of these are useful in application debugging, but
+most are only interested to those debugging the libraries
+
+For instance:
+
+  GDK_DEBUG_FLAGS=misc:dnd testgtk --gdk-no-debug dnd --gdk-debug events
+
+runs testgtk with the 'misc' and 'events' debugging options.
+
+ GTK_DEBUG
+ ---------
+
+ Application relevant options:
+
+ 'objects' - Trace the creation and destruction of objects, print
+             out a summary at program termination
+
+ Options only interesting to library maintainers:
+
+ GDK_DEBUG
+ ---------
+
+ Application relevant options:
+
+ 'events' - Show all events received by GTK
+
+ Options only interesting to library maintainers:
+
+ 'misc'          - Miscellaneous information
+ 'dnd'           - Information about drag-and-drop
+ 'color-context' - Information about the internal workings of 
+                   GdkColorContext
+ 'xim'           - Information about X Input Method support
+
+
+                                    - Owen Taylor <owt1@cornell.edu>
+                                      98/02/19

docs/developers.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+Things to care about when using/programing for GTK+
+===================================================
+
+This file is meant to collect some frequently triggered failures when
+programming for/with Gtk, having the spirit of a developers FAQ.
+It is also the correct place to list up things that programmers should
+care about in general.
+
+In the hope that this text might be usefull to someone,
+
+        - Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>
+          1998/02/11
+
+
+Automatic destruction of widgets on removal from parent
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+This is a reference counting issue, you would want to refer
+to refcounting.txt on it.
+
+
+What are all the widget flags about?
+------------------------------------
+
+Refer to the file widget_system.txt which covers widget flags and the
+resulting invariants in a detailed way.
+
+
+GdkWindow pointers may be NULL in GdkEvents
+-------------------------------------------
+
+The notification nature of the signal mechanism might cause events to
+be emitted that have their GdkWindow pointer set to NULL.
+This is due to the fact that certain events need to be emitted after the
+real GdkWindow of a widget is not any longer pertinent.
+It's up to the signal handling function (application) to check for the
+window field of the event structure to be != NULL, if it is going to
+perform any operations through Gdk calls on it.
+Events that a likely to trigger a missing check for the window pointer
+currently are (and correspond to the trailing signals):
+
+GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR     GtkWidget::selection_clear_event
+GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE        GtkWidget::focus_in_event
+                        GtkWidget::focus_out_event
+
+Events that are asured to have a valid GdkEvent.any.window field are
+
+GDK_EXPOSE		GtkWidget::expose_event
+
+
+gtk_widget_ref() vs. gtk_object_ref()
+-------------------------------------
+
+The widget referencing functions gtk_widget_ref() and gtk_widget_unref()
+are currently just wrappers about the corresponding referencing functions
+for objects. Still you should use the widget referencing functions if you
+are sure the referenced object is of type GTK_WIDGET_TYPE.
+
+
+Writing Gdk functions
+---------------------
+
+When writing Gdk functions that operate on GdkWindow structures in any
+maeningfull sense, that is casting to a GdkWindowPrivate structure for
+access to fields other then GdkWindow.user_data, the programmer is
+recommended to check for the GdkWindowPrivate.destroyed field to be ==
+FALSE, especially if the GdkWindowPrivate.xwindow field is used.
+Silent abortion of the Gdk function is the correct behaviour if this
+condition isn't met.

docs/gdk.sgml

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+<!doctype linuxdoc system>
+
+<article>
+
+<!-- Title information -->
+
+<title>The GTK+ Drawing Kit Programming Manual
+<author>Shawn T. Amundson, Peter Mattis
+<date>July 26, 1998
+
+<abstract>
+This document aims at teaching user how to effectively program in
+GDK, the GTK+ Drawing Kit, and to serve as a reference guide to 
+more experienced GTK+ programmers.  It is a work in progress.
+
+<!-- Table of contents -->
+<toc>
+
+<!-- Begin the document -->
+
+<!-- ***************************************************************** -->
+<sect>Introduction
+
+<p>
+GDK is designed as a wrapper library that lies on top of Xlib. It
+performs many common and desired operations for a programmer instead
+of the programmer having to explicitly ask for such functionality from
+Xlib directly. For example, GDK provides a common interface to both
+regular and shared memory XImage types. By doing so, an application
+can nearly transparently use the fastest image type available. GDK
+also provides routines for determining the best available color depth
+and the best available visual which is not always the default visual
+for a screen.
+
+GDK is distributed and developed with GTK+, and is licensed under the 
+GNU Library General Public Licence (LGPL).
+
+<sect>Getting Started
+
+<sect1>Initialization
+<p>
+Initialization of GDK is easy.  Simply call gdk_init() passing 
+in the argc and argv parameters.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    /* Initialize GDK. */
+    gdk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
+
+    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
+    return 0;
+}
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+Generally, GDK initialization is done by gtk_init() in GTK+.  This means 
+that when using GTK+, you do not need to directly call gdk_init().
+
+<sect1>An Example using GDK with GTK+ 
+<p>
+This example demonstrates drawing a line using the foreground
+color of the GtkDrawArea widget it is drawn inside.  The example 
+will end when you click inside the window, which is filled by the
+GtkDrawingArea widget.
+
+The line is drawn during the expose event so that when the window 
+drawing is done whenever it is needed.
+
+<tscreen><verb>
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* The expose callback does the drawing of the line */
+int
+expose_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEventExpose *event, gpointer data)
+{
+    GdkGC *gc;
+
+    printf("expose...\n");
+
+
+    /* The GC is the Graphics Context.  Here it is borrowed from the widget */
+    gc = widget->style->fg_gc[GTK_STATE_NORMAL];
+
+    gdk_draw_line (widget->window,  /* GDK Window of GtkDrawingArea widget */
+                   gc,              /* Graphics Context */
+                   0,               /* x1, left */
+                   0,               /* y1, top */
+                   200,             /* x2, right */
+                   200);            /* y2, bottom */
+}
+
+/* This quits GTK+ */
+void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    gtk_main_quit ();
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *darea;
+    int events;
+
+    /* This initializes both GTK+ and GDK */
+    gtk_init (&amp;argc, &amp;argv);
+
+    /* Create a window */
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
+
+    /* Create a drawing area widget. This widget actually is just a 
+       simple widget which provides us an GDK window to draw on and 
+       takes care of all the toolkit integration, like providing the
+       ability to add it to the window with gtk_contianer_add() */
+    darea = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), darea);
+
+    /* Set the width and height (arguments are in that order) */
+    gtk_drawing_area_size (GTK_DRAWING_AREA (darea), 200, 200);
+
+    /* Drawing in the expose event is important to keep the 
+       draw line always on the GDK window */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "expose_event",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (expose_callback), NULL);
+
+    /* We get the events, then add in button press.  If we did not
+       do this, we would not be notified of button press events in
+       the GtkDrawingArea widget */
+    events = gtk_widget_get_events (darea);
+    gtk_widget_set_events (darea, events | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK);
+
+    /* If we click on the darea, the application will exit */
+    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (darea), "button_press_event",
+                               GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
+                               GTK_OBJECT (window));
+
+    gtk_widget_show (darea);
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+    /* The GTK+ main idle loop */
+    gtk_main();
+
+    /* Cleanup of GDK is done automatically when the program exits. */
+    return 0;
+}
+</verb></tscreen>
+
+<sect>The Graphics Context 
+<p>
+The Graphics Context, or GC, defines how things should be drawn, 
+including color, font, fill, tile, stipple, clipping mask, line 
+width, line style, and join style.
+
+<sect1>Color
+<p>
+Changing color is done by changing the forground or background color 
+of the GC.
+
+<sect>Drawing Commands
+<sect>Event Handling
+<sect>Understanding and Using Visuals
+<sect>Creating and Using New Windows
+<sect>Pixmaps
+<sect>Images
+<sect>Fonts
+<sect>
+
+<sect>About this Document
+<sect1>History
+<P>
+This document was originially written by Peter Mattis and entitled
+"The General Drawing Kit".  It was meant as a reference guide.
+
+This version of the document has been renamed and is meant as a general
+programming guide.
+
+<sect1>Copying
+<p>
+Copyright (c) 1996 Peter Mattis
+<p>
+Copyright (c) 1998 Shawn T. Amundson
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by Peter Mattis.
+
+</article>

docs/gdk.texi

@@ -324,3 +324,11 @@ handle_event ()
 @summarycontents
 @contents
 @bye
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

docs/glib.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+@c %**start of header
+@setfilename glib.info
+@settitle GLIB
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@set edition 1.0
+@set update-date 3 Feburary 1998
+@set update-month Feburary 1998
+@c %**end of header
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents GLIB, A library of useful routines for C programming
+
+Copyright (C) 1998 Gregory A McLean
+
+Permission is granted to make and distributed verbatim copies of this
+manual, provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies. 
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file throught TeX and print the 
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice 
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this 
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by Gregory McLean.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@titlepage
+@title GLIB, Useful routines for C programming 
+@subtitle Version 1.0
+@subtitle @value{update-month}
+@author by Gregory McLean
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+Copyright @copyright{} 1998 Gregory McLean
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
+manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
+preserved on all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
+entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
+except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
+approved by Gregory McLean.
+@end titlepage
+
+@dircategory Library of useful routines for 'C' programing
+@direntry
+* GLIB: (glib).        useful routines for 'C' programming
+@end direntry
+
+@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
+@top useful routines for 'C' programming
+@ifinfo
+This is edition @value{edition} of the GLIB documentation,
+@w{@value{update-date}}.
+@end ifinfo
+
+@menu
+* Copying::                     Your rights.
+* Overview::                    What is GLIB?
+* Doubly linked lists::         Doubly linked lists
+* Signly linked lists::         Singly linked lists
+* List allocators::             List Allocators
+* Hash tables::                 Hash tables
+* Caches::                      Cache handling
+* Trees::                       Tree handling
+* Memory::                      Memory handling
+* Timers::                      Timer functions
+* Output::                      Output handling
+* Utilities::                   Utilitiy functions
+* Errors::                      Error handling
+* String Chunks::               String Chunks
+* Strings::                     String handling
+* Resizable arrays::            Resizeable arrays
+* GScanner::                    Flexible lexical scanner
+* Miscellany::                  Other stuff
+* Function Index::              Index of functions
+* Concept Index::               Index of concepts
+@end menu
+
+@node Copying, Overview, Top, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Copying
+
+@node Overview, Doubly linked lists, Copying, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter What is GLIB
+
+@node Doubly linked lists, Signly linked lists, Overview, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Doubly linked lists
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_alloc (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_free (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_free_1 (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_append (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_prepend (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_insert (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, gint @var{position})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_insert_sorted (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, GCompareFunc @var{func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_concat (GList *@var{list1}, GList *@var{list2})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_remove (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_remove_link (GList *@var{list}, GList *@var{link})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_reverse (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_nth (GList *@var{list}, gint @var{n})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_find (GList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_last (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GList* g_list_first (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_list_length (GList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_foreach (GList *@var{list}, GFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Signly linked lists, List allocators, Doubly linked lists, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Signly linked lists
+
+@subsection Functions
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_alloc (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_slist_free (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_slist_free_1 (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_append (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_prepend (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_insert (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, gint @var{position})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_insert_sorted (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data}, GCompareFunc @var{func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_concat (GSList *@var{list1}, GSList *@var{list2})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_remove (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_remove_link (GSList *@var{list}, GSList *@var{link})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_reverse (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_nth (GSList *@var{list}, gint @var{n})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_find (GSList *@var{list}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GSList* g_slist_last (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_slist_length (GSList *@var{list})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_slist_foreach (GSList *@var{list}, GFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node List allocators, Hash tables, Signly linked lists, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter List allocators
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GListAllocator* g_list_allocator_new (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_list_allocator_free (GListAllocator *@var{allocator})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GListAllocator* g_slist_set_allocator (GListAllocator *@var{allocator})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GListAllocator* g_list_set_allocator (GListAllocator *@var{allocator})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Hash tables, Caches, List allocators, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Hash tables
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GHashTable* g_hash_table_new (GHashFunc @var{hash_func}, GCompareFunc @var{key_compare_func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_destroy (GHashTable *@var{hash_table})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_insert (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, gpointer @var{key}, gpointer @var{value})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_remove (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_hash_table_lookup (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_freeze (GHashTable *@var{hash_table})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_thaw (GHashTable *@var{hash_table})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_hash_table_foreach (GHashTable *@var{hash_table}, GHFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Caches, Trees, Hash tables, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Cache handling
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GCache* g_cache_new (GCacheNewFunc @var{value_new_func}, GCacheDestroyFunc @var{value_destroy_func}, GCacheDupFunc @var{key_dup_func}, GCacheDestroyFunc @var{key_destroy_func}, GHashFunc @var{hash_key_func}, GHashFunc @var{hash_value_func}, GCompareFunc @var{key_compare_func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_destroy (GCache *@var{cache})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_cache_insert (GCache *@var{cache}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_remove (GCache *@var{cache}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_key_foreach (GCache *@var{cache}, GHFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_cache_value_foreach (GCache *@var{cache}, GHFunc @var{func}, gpointer @var{user_data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Trees, Memory, Caches, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Tree handling
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GTree* g_tree_new (GCompareFunc @var{key_compare_func})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_tree_destroy (GTree *@var{tree})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_tree_remove (GTree *@var{tree}, gpointer @var{key}, gpointer @var{value})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_tree_lookup (GTree *@var{tree}, gpointer @var{key})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_tree_traverse (GTree *@var{tree}, GTraverseFunc @var{traverse_func}, GTraverseType @var{traverse_type}, gpointer @var{data}
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_tree_search (GTree *@var{tree}, GSearchFunc @var{search_func}, gpointer @var{data})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_tree_height (GTree *@var{tree})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gint g_tree_nnodes (GTree *@var{tree})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Memory, Timers, Trees, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Memory handling
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_malloc (gulong @var{size})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_malloc0 (gulong @var{size})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_realloc (gpointer @var{mem}, gulong @var{size})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_profile (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_check (gpointer @var{mem})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun GMemChunk* g_mem_chunk_new (gchar *@var{name}, gint @var{atom_size}, gulong @var{area_size}, gint @var{type})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_destroy (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gpointer g_mem_chunk_alloc (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_free (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk}, gpointer @var{mem})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_clean (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_reset (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_print (GMemChunk *@var{mem_chunk})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_mem_chunk_info (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_blow_chunks (void)
+Not what you might be thinking, @code{g_blow_chunks()} simply compresses all 
+the chunks. This operation consists of freeing every memory area that should
+be freed (but which we haven't gotten around to doing yet).
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Timers, Output, Memory, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Timer functions
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun GTimer* g_timer_new (void)
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_destroy (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_start (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_stop (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_timer_reset (GTimer *@var{timer})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun gdouble g_timer_elapsed (GTimer *@var{timer}, gulong *@var{microseconds})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Output, Utilities, Timers, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Output functions
+
+@subsection Functions
+
+@deftypefun void g_error (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_warning (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_message (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void g_print (gchar *@var{format}, @dots{})
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Utilities, Errors, Output, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Utility functions
+
+@node Errors, String Chunks, Utilities, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Error handling
+
+@node String Chunks, Strings, Errors, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter String chunks
+
+@node Strings, Resizable arrays, String Chunks, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter String handling
+
+@node Resizable arrays, GScanner, Strings, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Resizable arrays
+
+@node GScanner, Miscellany, Resizable arrays, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Flexible lexical scanner
+
+@node Miscellany, Function Index, GScanner, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@chapter Other stuff
+
+@node Function Index, Concept Index, Miscellany, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@unnumbered Function Index
+
+@printindex fn
+
+@node Concept Index, , Function Index, Top
+@comment node-name, next, previous, up
+@unnumbered Concept Index
+
+@printindex cp
+
+@summarycontents
+@contents 
+@bye
+

docs/gtk-config.1

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+.TH GTK+ 1 "11 May 1998" Version 1.0.2
+.SH NAME
+gtk-config - script to get information about the installed version of GTK+
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B gtk-config
+[\-\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-exec\-prefix\fI[=DIR]\fP] [\-\-version] [\-\-libs] [\-\-cflags]
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.PP
+\fIgtk-config\fP is a tool that is used to configure to determine
+the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile
+and link programs that use \fIGTK+\fP. It is also used internally
+to the .m4 macros for GNU autoconf that are included with \fIGTK+\fP.
+.
+.SH OPTIONS
+.l
+\fIgtk-config\fP accepts the following options:
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-version
+Print the currently installed version of \fIGTK+\fP on the standard output.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-libs
+Print the linker flags that are necessary to link a \fIGTK+\fP program.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-cflags
+Print the compiler flags that are necessary to compile a \fIGTK+\fP program.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-prefix=PREFIX
+If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation prefix that \fIGTK+\fP
+was built with when computing the output for the \-\-cflags and
+\-\-libs options. This option is also used for the exec prefix
+if \-\-exec\-prefix was not specified. This option must be specified
+before any \-\-libs or \-\-cflags options.
+.TP 8
+.B  \-\-exec\-prefix=PREFIX
+If specified, use PREFIX instead of the installation exec prefix that
+\fIGTK+\fP was built with when computing the output for the \-\-cflags
+and \-\-libs options.  This option must be specified before any
+\-\-libs or \-\-cflags options.
+.SH SEE ALSO
+.BR gimp (1),
+.BR gimptool (1)
+.SH COPYRIGHT
+Copyright \(co  1998 Owen Taylor
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation.

docs/gtk-config.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+CONFIGURING PACKAGES TO WORK WITH GTK
+-------------------------------------
+
+Compiling a program succesfully against the GTK, GDK, and GLIB
+libraries can require a large number of command line options
+to your compiler and linker that are hard to guess correctly.
+The additional libraries required may, for example, depend on the
+manner which GTK was configured
+
+Several tools are included in this package to make process
+easier.
+
+First, there is the shell script 'gtk-config' (installed in
+$exec_prefix/bin):
+
+Invoking gtk-config
+-------------------
+
+gtk-config takes the following flags:
+
+  --version
+     Prints out the version of GTK installed
+
+  --cflags
+     Prints '-I' flags pointing to the installed header files.
+
+  --libs
+     Prints out the linker flags necessary to link a program against GTK
+   
+  --prefix[=PREFIX]
+     If PREFIX is specified, overrides the configured value of $prefix.
+     (And of exec-prefix, unless --exec-prefix is also specified)
+     Otherwise, prints out the configured value of $prefix
+
+  --exec-prefix[=PREFIX]
+     If PREFIX is specified, overrides the configured value of $exec_prefix.
+     Otherwise, prints out the configured value of $exec_prefix
+ 
+
+
+Example of using gtk-config
+---------------------------
+
+Typically, gtk-config will be used within a configure script,
+as described below. It, however, can also be used directly
+from the command line to compile a simple program. For example:
+
+  cc -o simple `gtk-config --cflags` simple.c `gtk-config --libs`
+
+This command line might expand to (for example):
+
+  cc -o simple -I/usr/local/lib/glib/include -I/usr/local/include \
+    -I/usr/X11R6/include simple.c -L/usr/local/lib -L/usr/X11R6/lib \
+    -lgtk -lgdk -lglib -lXi -lXext -lX11 -lm
+
+Not only is the form using gtk-config easier to type, it will
+work on any system, no matter how GTK was configured.
+
+
+AM_PATH_GTK
+-----------
+
+For packages configured using GNU automake, GTK also provides
+a macro to automate the process of running GTK.
+
+ AM_PATH_GTK([MINIMUM-VERSION, [ACTION-IF-FOUND [, ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND]]])
+
+This macro:
+
+ * Determines the location of GTK using gtk-config, which is either
+   found in the user's path, or from the environment variable
+   GTK_CONFIG
+
+ * Tests the installed libraries to make sure that there version
+   is later than MINIMUM-VERSION. (A default version will be used
+   if not specified)
+
+ * If the required version was found, sets the GTK_CFLAGS variable to
+   the output of `gtk-config --cflags` and the GTK_LIBS variable to
+   the output of `gtk-config --libs`, and calls AC_SUBST() for these
+   variables so they can be used in generated makefiles, and then
+   executes ACTION-IF-FOUND.
+
+ * If the required version was not found, sets GTK_CFLAGS and GTK_LIBS
+   to empty strings, and executes ACTION-IF-NOT-FOUND.
+
+This macro is in file 'gtk.m4' which is installed in $datadir/aclocal.
+Note that if automake was installed with a different --prefix than
+GTK, you will either have to manually move gtk.m4 to automake's
+$datadir/aclocal, or give aclocal the -I option when running it.
+
+
+Configuring a package that uses AM_PATH_GTK
+-------------------------------------------
+
+Simply make sure that gtk-config is in your path, and run
+the configure script.
+
+Notes:
+
+* The directory where the GTK libraries are installed needs
+  to be found by your system's dynamic linker.
+  
+  This is generally done by
+
+    editing /etc/ld.so.conf and running ldconfig
+
+  Or by:
+   
+    setting the environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH, 
+
+  or, as a last resort, 
+ 
+    Giving a -R or -rpath flag (depending on your linker) when
+    running configure, for instance:
+
+      LDFLAGS=-R/usr/home/owen/lib ./configure
+
+* You can also specify a gtk-config not in your path by
+  setting the GTK_CONFIG environment variable to the
+  name of the executable
+
+* If you move the GTK package from its installed location,
+  you will need either need to modify gtk-config script
+  manually to point to the new location or rebuild GTK.
+
+Advanced note:
+
+* configure flags
+  
+  --with-gtk-prefix=PREFIX
+  --with-gtk-exec-prefix=PREFIX 
+
+  are provided to override the prefix and exec-prefix that were stored
+  in the gtk-config shell script by GTK's configure. You are generally
+  better off configuring GTK with the right path to begin with.
+
+Example of a package using AM_PATH_GTK
+--------------------------------------
+
+The following shows how to build a simple package using automake
+and the AM_PATH_GTK macro. The program used here is the testinput.c
+
+You should first read the introductory portions of the automake
+Manual, if you are not already familiar with it.
+
+Two files are needed, 'configure.in', which is used to build the
+configure script:
+
+==configure.in===
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+AC_INIT(testinput.c)
+
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(testinput.c, 1.0.0)
+
+AC_PROG_CC
+AM_PROG_CC_STDC
+AC_PROG_INSTALL
+
+AM_PATH_GTK(0.99.5,
+          [LIBS="$LIBS $GTK_LIBS"
+           CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $GTK_CFLAGS"],
+ 	  AC_MSG_ERROR(Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?))
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
+=================
+
+The only command in this which is not standard for automake
+is the AM_PATH_GTK() macro.
+
+That command does the following:
+
+ If a GTK version greater than 0.99.5 is found, adds $GTK_LIBS to 
+ $LIBS and $GTK_CFLAGS to $CFLAGS. Otherwise, dies with the error
+ message "Cannot find GTK: Is gtk-config in path?"
+
+And the 'Makefile.am', which will be used to build the Makefile.
+
+== Makefile.am ==
+bin_PROGRAMS = testinput
+testinput_SOURCES = testinput.c
+=================
+
+This Makefile.am, says that we are building a single executable,
+from a single sourcefile 'testinput.c'. Since every program
+we are building uses GTK we simply added the GTK options
+to $LIBS and $CFLAGS, but in other circumstances, we might
+want to specify them on a per-program basis: for instance by
+adding the lines:
+
+  testinput_LDADD = $(GTK_LIBS)
+  INCLUDES = $(GTK_CFLAGS)
+
+to the Makefile.am.
+
+To try this example out, create a new directory, add the two
+files above two it, and copy the testinput.c file from 
+the gtk/ subdirectory to the new directory. Edit the line:
+
+  #include "gtk.h"
+
+in testgtk.c, to read:
+
+  #include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+
+Now execute the following commands:
+
+  automake --add-missing
+  aclocal
+  autoconf
+  
+You now have a package that can be built in the normal fashion
+
+  ./configure
+  make
+  make install
+
+
+Notes:
+
+* If you are converting a package that used a pre-1.0 version of
+  GTK, you should remove the autoconf tests for X. The results
+  of these tests are included in gtk-config and will be added
+  to GTK_LIBS and GTK_CFLAGS by the AM_PATH_GTK macro.
+
+                                        Owen Taylor
+                                        14 Mar 1997

docs/gtkdocs_fix

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+
+# Stupid script to fix look of html files created with sgml2html...
+
+foreach (@ARGV) {
+    print "Fixing... $_\n";
+    system("mv $_ $_.orig");
+    system("sed -e 's/<BODY>/<BODY BGCOLOR=\"#FFFFFF\">/g' -e 's/<HR>/<HR NOSHADE>/g' $_.orig > $_");
+    unlink("$_.orig");
+}
+

docs/man/gtk_button.pod

@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+gtk_button - GTK+ push button widget
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+ #include <gtk/gtkbutton.h>
+
+ GtkType        gtk_button_get_type       (void);
+ GtkWidget*     gtk_button_new            (void);
+ GtkWidget*     gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
+ void           gtk_button_pressed        (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_released       (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_clicked        (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_enter          (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_leave          (GtkButton *button);
+ void           gtk_button_set_relief     (GtkButton *button,
+                                           GtkReliefStyle style);
+ GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief     (GtkButton *button);
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+This widget is a standard push button widget.  Push button widgets
+are generally used for allowing the user to click on them to initiate
+a command.
+
+This widget is a container widget which contains one child.
+
+=head1 OBJECT HIERARCHY
+
+ gtk_object
+ gtk_widget
+ gtk_container 
+ gtk_button
+
+=head1 SIGNAL PROTOTYPES
+
+ "clicked"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "pressed"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "released"	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "enter" 	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+ "leave" 	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+=head1 USAGE
+
+=head2 Creation
+
+The most common way to create a button is with a label in it, which
+contains text for the user to read.  The child of the button will then 
+be a L<gtk_label(3)> widget with the text you passwd in.  You can 
+do this in one command:
+
+	GtkWidget *button;
+	button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("This is a button");
+
+To create a gtk_button widget which does not already have a child, 
+use gtk_button_new():
+
+	GtkWidget *button;
+	button = gtk_button_new ();
+
+After you have created a button you can then add a widget to the
+button (such as a label or pixmap) using gtk_container_add().  See
+L<gtk_container(3)> for more information on adding widgets to
+containers.
+
+=head2 Creating a pixmap in a button in a window
+
+After we have an empty gtk_button, such as above, and we have a gtk_pixmap,
+we can simply add the gtk_pixmap to the gtk_button with gtk_container_add().
+
+The following code will open the file "gimp.xpm" and place it in a
+button.
+
+	#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+	int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+	{
+	    GtkWidget *window;
+	    GtkWidget *button;
+	    GtkWidget *pixmap;
+	    GtkStyle *style;
+	    GdkPixmap *gdkpixmap;
+	    GdkBitmap *mask;
+	    char *filename = "gimp.xpm";
+
+	    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+	    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+	    button = gtk_button_new ();
+	    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button);
+
+	    /* The button is realized now, which creates button->window
+	       used below to create the pixmap. */
+	    gtk_widget_realize (button);
+
+	    style = gtk_widget_get_style (button);
+	    gdkpixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (button->window, &mask,
+	                                   &style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL],
+					   filename);
+	    pixmap = gtk_pixmap_new (gdkpixmap, mask);
+
+	    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), pixmap);
+
+	    gtk_widget_show (pixmap);
+	    gtk_widget_show (button);
+	    gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+	    gtk_main ();
+	    return 0;
+	}
+
+=head2 Different reliefs
+
+Reliefs affect how the shadowing of the button is drawn.  The different
+types of relief styles are: 
+
+	GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL
+	GTK_RELIEF_HALF
+	GTK_RELIEF_NONE
+
+When set to a normal relief, the widget looks and acts like a normal
+button.  When half or none relief is used, shadowing is only drawn when the 
+mouse cursor is over the widget.
+
+To set the relief, use gtk_button_set_relief(), like:
+
+	gtk_button_set_relief (button, GTK_RELIEF_HALF);
+
+To get the current relief of a button, use gtk_button_get_relief():
+
+	GtkReliefStyle relief;
+	relief = gtk_button_get_relief (GTK_BUTTON (button));
+
+=head2 Executing a command when the button is pressed
+
+To execute a function when a button is pressed, use
+gtk_signal_connect() to connect to the "clicked" signal.
+
+	gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+	                    GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (user_function),
+			    NULL);
+
+user_function is a user defined function, like the following:
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *button, gpointer data)
+	{
+	    printf("clicked\n");
+	}
+
+=head1 FUNCTIONS
+
+GtkType gtk_button_get_type (void);
+
+	This function returns the GtkType which is assigned to the
+	object class for gtk_button.
+
+GtkWidget* gtk_button_new (void);
+
+	This functions returns a new button widget which can then be
+	used as a container for another widget.
+
+GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label);
+
+	This function returns a new button widget with a label widget
+	as a child.   The label widget will have the text passed into
+	the commant.
+
+void gtk_button_pressed (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "pressed" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_released (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "released" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_clicked (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "clicked" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_enter (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "enter" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_leave (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function sends a "leave" signal to the button.
+
+void gtk_button_set_relief (GtkButton *button, GtkReliefStyle style);
+
+	This function is sets the GtkReliefStyle of the button.  The
+	relief style is one of: GTK_RELIEF_NORMAL, GTK_RELIEF_HALF,
+	or GTK_RELIEF_NONE.  The relief determines when the shadow of
+	the button is drawn.
+
+GtkReliefStyle gtk_button_get_relief (GtkButton *button);
+
+	This function returns the current relief of the button.
+
+=head1 SIGNALS
+
+"clicked"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Gets emitted when the button is clicked. A click is 
+	a press and release of the button when the cursor is
+	inside the button on release.  
+
+"pressed"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Gets emitted when the left mouse button is pressed.
+
+"released"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Gets emitted when the left mouse button is released and
+	the widget was previously pressed.
+
+"enter"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Emitted when the mouse cursor enters the button.
+
+"leave"
+
+	void user_function (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+	Emitted when the mouse cursor leaves the button.
+
+=head1 AUTHORS
+
+The author of this man page is Shawn T. Amundson E<lt>amundson@gtk.orgE<gt>.
+For the authors of GTK+, see the AUTHORS file in the GTK+ distribution.
+
+

docs/refcounting.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+The Reference Counting Scheme of GDK an GTK+
+============================================
+
+Each data structure that provides reference counting offers a bunch of
+functions that follow these conventions:
+
+  *_new:      Create a new structure with a reference count of 1.
+  *_ref:      Increase ref count by one.
+  *_unref:    Decrease ref count by one.  If the count drops to zero,
+              run appropriate finalization code and free the memory.
+	      For data structures with a _destroy function, it will be
+	      invoked at this point, if the data structure is not
+              already in a destroyed state.
+
+GtkObjects also provide the following functions:
+
+  *_destroy:  Render an object `unusable', but as long as there are
+              references to it, it's allocated memory will not be freed.
+  *_sink:     Clear a GtkObjects `floating' state and decrement the
+	      reference count by 1.
+
+GdkWindow
+---------
+
+A GdkWindow has to be explicitely destroyed with gdk_window_destroy.
+This will send out a request to destroy this window and all its
+children, and will decrement the ref_count of the GdkWindow by one.
+Thus, it releases the inital reference created by gdk_window_new.
+
+All GdkWindows are kept in a hash table to translate from their XId to
+the actual structure and the pointer in the hash table is reflected in
+the reference count.  When a DestroyNotify event is received for a
+particular GdkWindow, it is removed from the hash table and the
+ref_count is updated accordingly.
+
+You can call gdk_window_destroy more than once on a particular
+GdkWindow, it will only be destroyed when it hasn't been yet.  The
+ref_count is *always* decremented, tho. Be careful.
+
+Remark: When writing NO_WINDOW widgets, care should be taken about
+        proper referencing/unreferencing of the parent's GdkWindow
+        that is used by the widget.
+ 
+GdkPixmap
+---------
+
+There is no gdk_pixmap_destroy function.  The Pixmap is destroyed when
+the last reference to it vanishes.
+
+GdkPixmaps are kept in the same hash table as GdkWindows but the
+pointer in the hash table is *not* reflected in the ref_count.
+
+This works only when Pixmaps never get XEvents.  I'm not sure if this
+is the case.
+
+GdkBitmap
+---------
+
+A GdkBitmap is only another name for a special use of GdkPixmap.
+
+GdkVisual
+---------
+
+There are no *_new or *_destroy functions and the *_ref and *_unref
+functions are noops.  GdkVisuals are static structures and thus do not
+need reference counting.  The ref counting functions are only there
+for extra defensive programming.
+
+GdkColormap
+-----------
+
+Nothing special.  There is no gdk_colormap_destroy function.
+
+GdkFont / GdkFontSet
+--------------------
+
+GdkFont and GdkFontSet are equivalent as far as ref counting is
+concerned.  Use gdk_font_ref and gdk_font_unref for both.
+
+There is no gdk_font_free or gdk_fontset_free function.
+
+GtkAcceleratorTable
+-------------------
+
+There is no gtk_accelerator_table_destroy function.
+
+GtkTooltips
+-----------
+
+There is no gtk_tooltips_destroy function.
+
+GtkStyle
+--------
+
+There is no gtk_style_destroy function.
+
+GtkObject
+---------
+
+GtkObjects follow the usual ref_counting strategy, but with a twist.
+
+They are created with a ref_count of 1.  GtkObjects are able to
+run finalization code when the ref_count drops to zero but you cannot
+register arbitrary signal handlers to run at finalization time.
+
+There is also the old gtk_object_destroy function and the "destroy"
+signal but they are somewhat independent from finalization.  Just as
+stated at the top of this text, gtk_object_destroy merely renders an
+object unusable.  When the object is a container widget for example,
+it unrealizes that widget, removes all children and disconnects all
+signal handlers.  The finalization code is different, it would for
+example free associated memory for text strings and release the
+attached style.
+
+This is the biggest change.  Every widget must be revised to have a
+proper "destroy" function, etc.  Such a destroy function will only
+be called once and is expected to leave the widget in a minimal but
+consistent state.  Widgets that have been "destroyed" but not yet
+finalized are flagged with GTK_DESTROY.  The "finalization" function
+is new and should perform last-minute cleanup actions, in contrast
+to the destroy function it will not be emitted as signal though.
+It can assume that the "destroy" function has been called as the
+last function on this widget.
+
+Essentially, the old "destroy" function has been split into a
+"finalize" plus a "destroy" function.
+
+It is not possible to create GtkObjects with a ref_count of 0
+because the first ref/unref pair will destroy it unintentionally.
+
+To be mostly backward compatible with existing practice, a GtkObject
+leads a more complicated life than the other reference counted structures.
+
+When a GtkObject is created, it starts out in a special state called
+"floating" (this is the twist).  This means that it is alive and has a
+reference to it, but the `owner' of this reference is not known.
+There are certain `potential owners' that will adopt a floating
+GtkObject.  For GtkWidgets the most common adopters are the parent
+widget.
+
+When you want to adopt a possibly floating GtkObject, you call
+gtk_object_sink on it.  This clears the floating state of the
+GtkObject and decrements the ref_count by one, if it has been floating
+previously.  Once the floating state has been cleared, it will never
+be set again.
+
+All widgets that are part of the display are linked into a
+parent/child tree.  The link from the parent to a child is reflected
+in the ref_count of the child, but the link from the child to the
+parent is not reflected in the ref_count of the parent.
+
+Like a GtkObject, a GtkWidget is created with a ref_count of 1 and
+initially flagged as `floating'.  As soon as it is added as a child to
+a parent, the `floating' flag is cleared and never will be set again.
+Not even when it is later unparented.  The act of clearing the
+`floating' flag also decrements the ref_count of the widget by one.
+
+When the widget is unparented, its underlying GdkWindow is destroyed
+(when it has one), it loses its reference from the parent and
+naturally the ref_count is decremented.
+
+It is considered a bug if a widget still has a GdkWindow when it is
+being freed.
+
+Toplevel widgets, which don't have a `natural' parent, are adopted by
+special registering functions.  Because the of the reference count that
+is set by the registering functions, toplevel widgets will have to be
+explicitly destroyed, with the exception of GtkMenus.  GtkMenus are a
+special case of toplevel widgets in that they will be `attached' to and
+`detached' from other widgets.  The act of attaching a GtkMenu to a
+widget will be reflected in its reference count.  The act of detaching
+a GtkMenu will revert that.  Therefore GtkMenus naturally get destroyed
+and finalized once they are detached from their reference holder.
+
+So, the typical career of a GtkWindow a GtMenu attached to a
+GtkOptionMenu looks like this:
+
+  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+  /* window is created with ref_count == 1.  It is not flagged as
+   * `floating' because it has already been registered as a toplevel
+   * widget.
+   */
+
+  option_menu = gtk_option_menu_new ();
+  /* option_menu->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  gtk_container_add (window, option_menu);
+  /* option_menu->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  menu = gtk_menu_new ();
+  /* menu->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  menu_item = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label ("Choose Me");
+  /* menu_item->ref_count == 1 and it is flagged as `floating'.
+   */
+
+  gtk_menu_append (GTK_MENU (menu), menu_item);
+  /* menu_item->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
+   */
+  
+  gtk_option_menu_set_menu (GTK_OPTION_MENU (option_menu), menu);
+  /* menu->ref_count still == 1, but it is no longer `floating'.
+   */
+
+  gtk_widget_show (menu_item);
+  gtk_widget_show (option_menu);
+  gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+  /* The widgets get their GdkWindows, nothing significant happens to
+   * the ref_counts.
+   */
+
+Then, when the user wants to get rid of the window:
+
+  gtk_widget_destroy (window);
+
+  /* The GdkWindow of `window' and all its child GdkWindows are
+   * destroyed.
+   *
+   * window is unregistered from the loplevel list and its ref_count
+   * drops to zero.  The destroy code of `window' destroyes `option_menu'.
+   *
+   * The destroy code of `option_menu' causes the `menu' to be detached
+   * from it and its reference count drops to zero.
+   *
+   * The destroy code of `menu' destroyes `menu_item'.
+   *
+   * The destruction of `menu_item' removes it from its parent, the
+   * menu_item->ref_count drops to zero and `menu_item' is finalized (freed).
+   *
+   * Now `menu', `option_menu' and `window' will be destroyed and finalized,
+   * in this order, since the reference count of each is zero.
+   */
+
+
+Taking care of proper referencing
+---------------------------------
+
+There are some cases where referencing of widgets from outside the toolkit
+(on the application side is needed).
+Once the application performes an operation on a widget that will cause
+its reference count to drop, if it wants to take further actions on the
+widget, it needs to hold a reference to it.
+
+Example code sequences that require reference wraps:
+
+   /* gtk_container_remove() will unparent the child and therefore
+    * cause it's reference count to be decremented by one.
+    */
+   gtk_widget_ref (widget);
+   gtk_container_remove (container, widget);
+   /* without the reference count, the widget would have been destroyed here.
+   */
+   gtk_container_add (container, widget);
+   gtk_widget_unref (widget);
+
+
+  /* all items in item_list need to be referenced
+   * before gtk_list_remove_items() is invoked.
+   * this is somewhat tricky as gtk_list_append_items/gtk_list_prepend_items/
+   * gtk_list_insert_items will take over the lists nodes.
+   * we therefore have an extra GSList `*slist' for later unreferencing.
+   */
+   slist = NULL;
+   for (list = item_list; list; list = list->next)
+   {
+     gtk_widget_ref (GTK_WIDGET (list->data));
+     slist = g_slist_prepend (slist, list->data);
+   }
+   gtk_list_remove_items (list, item_list);
+   gtk_list_append_items (other_list, item_list);
+   /* gtk_list_prepend_items (other_list, item_list); */
+   /* gtk_list_insert_items (other_list, item_list, 3); */
+   while (slist)
+   {
+     GSList *tmp;
+     
+     tmp = slist;
+     slist = slist->next;
+     gtk_widget_unref (GTK_WIDGET (tmp->data));
+     g_slist_free_1 (tmp);
+   }
+   
+   /* Alternatively to the removal above you could just use
+    * gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref() which will add the additional
+    * reference count to the widget.
+    */
+   gtk_list_remove_items_no_unref (list, item_list);
+   gtk_list_prepend_items (other_list, item_list);
+
+
+Now a (hopefully) complete list of functions that require
+wrappers similar to the examples above:
+
+void       gtk_container_remove         (GtkContainer     *container,
+                                         GtkWidget        *widget);
+void       gtk_list_remove_items        (GtkList          *list,
+                                         GList            *items);
+void       gtk_tree_remove_items        (GtkTree          *tree,
+                                         GList            *items);
+void       gtk_tree_item_remove_subtree (GtkTreeItem      *tree_item);
+void       gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu (GtkMenuItem      *menu_item);
+void       gtk_option_menu_remove_menu  (GtkOptionMenu    *option_menu);
+
+
+
+Initial proposal:
+	- Marius Vollmer <mvo@zagadka.ping.de>
+
+Some modifications/additions, "Taking care of proper referencing" and
+reference counting solution for GtkMenus:
+	- Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>

docs/styles.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+HANDLING WIDGET STYLES
+======================
+
+
+A widget gets created with a default style.
+The global default style can be affected by gtk_widget_set_default_style()
+and can be queried by gtk_widget_get_default_style().
+The initial style that is assigned to a widget as default style upon
+creation can be affected by wrapping the widget's creation as follows:
+gtk_widget_push_style (my_style);
+widget = gtk_type_new (gtk_button_get_type ());
+gtk_widget_pop_style ();
+
+There are certain functions to affect widget styles after a widget's
+creation:
+
+gtk_widget_set_style ()
+  Save the default style and set a user style.
+  This will override a previously set user style or
+  previously set rc styles.
+
+gtk_widget_set_rc_style ()
+  Set GTK_RC_STYLE to indicate that an rc lookup has been performed.
+  If there is an rc style for a widget, set it and save the default style,
+  restore the default style otherwise.
+  This will override a previously set user style or rc style.
+
+gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles ()
+  Descends through a widget heirarchy and sets the rc style
+  on all widgets that don't have a user style set.
+
+gtk_widget_restore_default_style ()
+  Reset the widget's style to the default style, this is only usefull if
+  the widgets default style had been saved by previous calls to
+  gtk_widget_set_style() or gtk_widget_set_rc_style().
+
+gtk_widget_ensure_style ()
+  Ensure that the widget either has a user style set, or an rc lookup
+  has been performed.
+
+gtk_rc_get_style ()
+  Return an rc style for a widget if there is one.
+
+gtk_widget_set_name ()
+  Change widget name, and perform a new rc lookup if no user style
+  is set.
+
+gtk_widget_realize ()
+  Besides realizing the widget this function will:
+  - perform an rc lookup if neccessary,
+  - attach a widget's style.
+
+gtk_widget_get_style ()
+  Return a widgets style, this function will perform an rc lookup
+  if neccessary.
+
+gtk_widget_set_parent ()
+  This function will perform rc lookups recursively for all widgets
+  that do not have a user style set.
+
+gtk_style_copy ()
+  This function can be used to copy a widget's style.
+  The style can subsequntly be changed (e.g., by modifications to the
+  red/green/blue values of a certain color) and then be applied to the
+  widget via gtk_widget_set_style().
+
+
+GtkWidget::style_set
+  This signal will be emitted for a widget once its style changes with
+  an additional argument previous_style wich will hold the widget->style
+  avlue from a previous emission.
+  The initial emission of this signal is guaranteed to happen prior
+  to any GtkWidget::size_request emission, and will have the previous_style
+  argument set to NULL.
+  The GtkWidgetClass implements a default handler for this signal that
+  will set the widget's window's background of widgets that provide their
+  own windows according to the new style.
+  Derived widgets need to overide this default handler, if:
+  - their size requisition depends on the current style.
+    (e.g., on the style's fonts)
+  - they set the background of widget->window to something other than.
+    style->bg. (e.g., GtkListItem)
+  - the widget provides windows other than widget->window.
+  - the widget has any other stored dependencies on the style.
+                   
+
+
+Flag indications:
+
+!GTK_RC_STYLE && !GTK_USER_STYLE:
+  The widget has it's default style set, no rc lookup has been
+  performed, the widget has not been size requested yet and is
+  therefore not yet realized.
+
+GTK_USER_STYLE:
+  GTK_RC_STYLE is not set.
+  The widget has a user style assigned, and it's default style has been
+  saved.
+
+GTK_RC_STYLE:
+  GTK_USER_STYLE is not set.
+  If the widget has a saved default style, it has been assigned an
+  rc style. If the widget does not have a saved default style, it still
+  has its default style but an rc lookup has already been performed.
+
+
+	- Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>
+	  1998/02/27

docs/text_widget.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
+Date: Sun, 14 Sep 1997 20:17:06 -0700 (PDT)
+From: Josh MacDonald <jmacd@CS.Berkeley.EDU>
+To: gnome@athena.nuclecu.unam.mx, gtk-list@redhat.com
+Subject: [gtk-list] gtktext widget internal documentation
+
+
+Pete convinced me to just write up the text widget and let someone else
+finish it.  I'm pretty busy and have other commitments now.  Sorry.  I think
+I'm not the most qualified for some of the remaining work anyway, because I
+don't really know Gtk and it's event model very well.  Most of the work so 
+far was possible without knowing Gtk all that well, it was simply a data 
+structure exercise (though after reading this you might say it was a fairly
+complicated data structure exercise).  I'm happy to answer questions.
+
+-josh
+
+
+High level description:
+
+There are several layers of data structure to the widget.  They are
+seperated from each other as much as possible.  The first is a gapped
+text segment similar to the data structure Emacs uses for representing
+text.  Then there is a property list, which stores text properties for
+various ranges of text.  There is no direct relation between the text
+property list and the gapped text segment.  Finally there is a drawn
+line parameter cache to speed calculations when drawing and redrawing
+lines on screen.  In addition to these data structures, there are
+structures to help iterate over text in the buffer.
+
+The gapped text segment is quite simple.  It's parameters are (all
+parameters I mention here are in the structure GtkText):
+
+  guchar* text;
+  guint text_len;
+  guint gap_position;
+  guint gap_size;
+  guint text_end;
+
+TEXT is the buffer, TEXT_LEN is its allocated length.  TEXT_END is the
+length of the text, including the gap.  GAP_POSITION is the start of
+the gap, and GAP_SIZE is the gap's length.  Therefore, TEXT_END -
+GAP_SIZE is the length of the text in the buffer.  The macro
+TEXT_LENGTH returns this value.  To get the value of a character in
+the buffer, use the macro TEXT_INDEX(TEXT,INDEX).  This macro tests
+whether the index is less than the GAP_POSITION and returns
+TEXT[INDEX] or returns TEXT[GAP_SIZE+INDEX].  The function
+MOVE_GAP_TO_POINT positions the gap to a particular index.  The
+function MAKE_FORWARD_SPACE lengthens the gap to provide room for a
+certain number of characters.
+
+The property list is a doubly linked list (GList) of text property
+data for each contiguous set of characters with similar properties.
+The data field of the GList points to a TextProperty structure, which
+contains:
+
+  TextFont* font;
+  GdkColor* back_color;
+  GdkColor* fore_color;
+  guint length;
+
+Currently, only font and color data are contained in the property
+list, but it can be extended by modifying the INSERT_TEXT_PROPERTY,
+TEXT_PROPERTIES_EQUAL, and a few other procedures.  The text property
+structure does not contain an absolute offset, only a length.  As a
+result, inserting a character into the buffer simply requires moving
+the gap to the correct position, making room in the buffer, and either
+inserting a new property or extending the old one.  This logic is done
+by INSERT_TEXT_PROPERTY.  A similar procedure exists to delete from
+the text property list, DELETE_TEXT_PROPERTY.  Since the property
+structure doesn't contain an offset, insertion into the list is an
+O(1) operation.  All such operations act on the insertion point, which
+is the POINT field of the GtkText structure.
+
+The GtkPropertyMark structure is used for keeping track of the mapping
+between absolute buffer offsets and positions in the property list.
+These will be referred to as property marks.  Generally, there are
+four property marks the system keeps track of.  Two are trivial, the
+beginning and the end of the buffer are easy to find.  The other two
+are the insertion point (POINT) and the cursor point (CURSOR_MARK).
+All operations on the text buffer are done using a property mark as a
+sort of cursor to keep track of the alignment of the property list and
+the absolute buffer offset.  The GtkPropertyMark structure contains:
+
+  GList* property;
+  guint offset;
+  guint index;
+
+PROPERTY is a pointer at the current property list element.  INDEX is
+the absolute buffer index, and OFFSET is the offset of INDEX from the
+beginning of PROPERTY.  It is essential to keep property marks valid,
+or else you will have the wrong text properties at each property mark
+transition.  An important point is that all property marks are invalid
+after a buffer modification unless care is taken to keep them
+accurate.  That is the difficulty of the insert and delete operations,
+because as the next section describes, line data is cached and by
+neccesity contains text property marks.  The functions for operating
+and computing property marks are:
+
+ void advance_mark     (GtkPropertyMark* mark);
+ void decrement_mark   (GtkPropertyMark* mark);
+ void advance_mark_n   (GtkPropertyMark* mark, gint n);
+ void decrement_mark_n (GtkPropertyMark* mark, gint n);
+ void move_mark_n      (GtkPropertyMark* mark, gint n);
+
+ GtkPropertyMark find_mark      (GtkText* text, guint mark_position);
+ GtkPropertyMark find_mark_near (GtkText* text, guint mark_position,
+                                 const GtkPropertyMark* near);
+
+ADVANCE_MARK and DECREMENT_MARK modify the mark by plus or minus one
+buffer index.  ADVANCE_MARK_N and DECREMENT_MARK_N modify the mark by
+plus or minus N indices.  MOVE_MARK_N accepts a positive or negative
+argument.  FIND_MARK returns a mark at MARK_POSITION using a linear
+search from the nearest known property mark (the beginning, the end,
+the point, etc).  FIND_MARK_NEAR also does a linear search, but
+searches from the NEAR argument.  A number of macros exist at the top
+of the file for doing things like getting the current text property,
+or some component of the current property.  See the MARK_* macros.
+
+Next there is a LineParams structure which contains all the
+information neccesary to draw one line of text on screen.  When I say
+"line" here, I do not mean one line of text seperated by newlines,
+rather I mean one row of text on screen.  It is a matter of policy how
+visible lines are chosen and there are currently two policies,
+line-wrap and no-line-wrap.  I suspect it would not be difficult to
+implement new policies for doing such things as justification.  The
+LineParams structure includes the following fields:
+
+  guint font_ascent;
+  guint font_descent;
+  guint pixel_width;
+  guint displayable_chars;
+  guint wraps : 1;
+
+  PrevTabCont tab_cont;
+  PrevTabCont tab_cont_next;
+
+  GtkPropertyMark start;
+  GtkPropertyMark end;
+
+FONT_ASCENT and FONT_DESCENT are the maximum ascent and descent of any
+character in the line.  PIXEL_WIDTH is the number of pixels wide the
+drawn region is, though I don't think it's actually being used
+currently.  You may wish to remove this field, eventually, though I
+suspect it will come in handy implementing horizontal scrolling.
+DISPLAYABLE_CHARS is the number of characters in the line actually
+drawn.  This may be less than the number of characters in the line
+when line wrapping is off (see below).  The bitflag WRAPS tells
+whether the next line is a continuation of this line.  START and END
+are the marks at the beginning and end of the line.  Note that END is
+the actual last character, not one past it, so the smallest line
+(containing, for example, one newline) has START == END.  TAB_CONT and
+TAB_CONT_NEXT are for computation of tab positions.  I will discuss
+them later.
+
+A point about the end of the buffer.  You may be tempted to consider
+working with the buffer as an array of length TEXT_LENGTH(TEXT), but
+you have to be careful that the editor allows you to position your
+cursor at the last index of the buffer, one past the last character.
+The macro LAST_INDEX(TEXT, MARK) returns true if MARK is positioned at
+this index.  If you see or add a special case in the code for this
+end-of-buffer case, make sure to use LAST_INDEX if you can.  Very
+often, the last index is treated as a newline.
+
+[ One way the last index is special is that, although it is always
+  part of some property, it will never be part of a property of
+  length 1 unless there are no other characters in the text. That
+  is, its properties are always that of the preceding character,
+  if any.
+  
+  There is a fair bit of special case code to mantain this condition -
+  which is needed so that user has control over the properties of
+  characters inserted at the last position. OWT 2/9/98 ]
+
+Tab stops are variable width.  A list of tab stops is contained in the
+GtkText structure:
+
+  GList *tab_stops;
+  gint default_tab_width;
+
+The elements of tab_stops are integers casted to gpointer.  This is a
+little bogus, but works.  For example:
+
+  text->default_tab_width = 4;
+  text->tab_stops = NULL;
+  text->tab_stops = g_list_prepend (text->tab_stops, (void*)8);
+  text->tab_stops = g_list_prepend (text->tab_stops, (void*)8);
+
+is how these fields are initialized, currently.  This means that the
+first two tabs occur at 8 and 16, and every 4 characters thereafter.
+Tab stops are used in the computation of line geometry (to fill in a
+LineParams structure), and the width of the space character in the
+current font is used.  The PrevTabCont structure, of which two are
+stored per line, is used to compute the geometry of lines which may
+have wrapped and carried part of a tab with them:
+
+  guint pixel_offset;
+  TabStopMark tab_start;
+
+PIXEL_OFFSET is the number of pixels at which the line should start,
+and tab_start is a tab stop mark, which is similar to a property mark,
+only it keeps track of the mapping between line position (column) and
+the next tab stop.  A TabStopMark contains:
+
+  GList* tab_stops;
+  gint to_next_tab;
+
+TAB_STOPS is a pointer into the TAB_STOPS field of the GtkText
+structure.  TO_NEXT_TAB is the number of characters before the next
+tab.  The functions ADVANCE_TAB_MARK and ADVANCE_TAB_MARK_N advance
+these marks.  The LineParams structure contains two PrevTabCont
+structures, which each contain a tab stop.  The first (TAB_CONT) is
+for computing the beginning pixel offset, as mentioned above.  The
+second (TAB_CONT_NEXT) is used to initialize the TAB_CONT field of the
+next line if it wraps.
+
+Since computing the parameters of a line are fairly complicated, I
+have one interface that should be all you ever need to figure out
+something about a line.  The function FIND_LINE_PARAMS computes the
+parameters of a single line.  The function LINE_PARAMS_ITERATE is used
+for computing the properties of some number (> 0) of sequential lines.
+
+void
+line_params_iterate (GtkText* text,
+		     const GtkPropertyMark* mark0,
+		     const PrevTabCont* tab_mark0,
+		     gboolean alloc,
+		     gpointer data,
+		     LineIteratorFunction iter);
+
+where LineIteratorFunction is:
+
+typedef gint (*LineIteratorFunction) (GtkText* text,
+                                      LineParams* lp,
+                                      gpointer data);
+
+The arguments are a text widget (TEXT), the property mark at the
+beginning of the first line (MARK0), the tab stop mark at the
+beginning of that line (TAB_MARK0), whether to heap-allocate the
+LineParams structure (ALLOC), some client data (DATA), and a function
+to call with the parameters of each line.  TAB_MARK0 may be NULL, but
+if so MARK0 MUST BE A REAL LINE START (not a continued line start; it
+is preceded by a newline).  If TAB_MARK0 is not NULL, MARK0 may be any
+line start (continued or not).  See the code for examples.  The
+function ITER is called with each LineParams computed.  If ALLOC was
+true, LINE_PARAMS_ITERATE heap-allocates the LineParams and does not
+free them.  Otherwise, no storage is permanently allocated.  ITER
+should return TRUE when it wishes to continue no longer.
+
+There are currently two uses of LINE_PARAMS_ITERATE:
+
+* Compute the total buffer height for setting the parameters of the
+  scroll bars.  This is done in SET_VERTICAL_SCROLL each time the
+  window is resized.  When horizontal scrolling is added, depending on
+  the policy chosen, the max line width can be computed here as well.
+
+* Computing geometry of some pixel height worth of lines.  This is
+  done in FETCH_LINES, FETCH_LINES_BACKWARD, FETCH_LINES_FORWARD, etc.
+
+The GtkText structure contains a cache of the LineParams data for all
+visible lines:
+
+  GList *current_line;
+  GList *line_start_cache;
+
+  guint first_line_start_index;
+  guint first_cut_pixels;
+  guint first_onscreen_hor_pixel;
+  guint first_onscreen_ver_pixel;
+
+LINE_START_CACHE is a doubly linked list of LineParams.  CURRENT_LINE
+is a transient piece of data which is set in varoius places such as
+the mouse click code.  Generally, it is the line on which the cursor
+property mark CURSOR_MARK is on.  LINE_START_CACHE points to the first
+visible line and may contain PREV pointers if the cached data of
+offscreen lines is kept around.  I haven't come up with a policy.  The
+cache can keep more lines than are visible if desired, but the result
+is that inserts and deletes will then become slower as the entire
+cache has to be "corrected".  Right now it doesn't delete from the
+cache (it should).  As a result, scrolling through the whole buffer
+once will fill the cache with an entry for each line, and subsequent
+modifications will be slower than they should
+be. FIRST_LINE_START_INDEX is the index of the *REAL* line start of
+the first line.  That is, if the first visible line is a continued
+line, this is the index of the real line start (preceded by a
+newline).  FIRST_CUT_PIXELS is the number of pixels which are not
+drawn on the first visible line.  If FIRST_CUT_PIXELS is zero, the
+whole line is visible.  FIRST_ONSCREEN_HOR_PIXEL is not used.
+FIRST_ONSCREEN_VER_PIXEL is the absolute pixel which starts the
+visible region.  This is used for setting the vertical scroll bar.
+
+Other miscellaneous things in the GtkText structure:
+
+Gtk specific things:
+
+  GtkWidget widget;
+
+  GdkWindow *text_area;
+
+  GtkAdjustment *hadj;
+  GtkAdjustment *vadj;
+
+  GdkGC *gc;
+
+  GdkPixmap* line_wrap_bitmap;
+  GdkPixmap* line_arrow_bitmap;
+
+These are pretty self explanatory, especially if you know Gtk.
+LINE_WRAP_BITMAP and LINE_ARROW_BITMAP are two bitmaps used to
+indicate that a line wraps and is continued offscreen, respectively.
+
+Some flags:
+
+  guint has_cursor : 1;
+  guint is_editable : 1;
+  guint line_wrap : 1;
+  guint freeze : 1;
+  guint has_selection : 1;
+  guint own_selection : 1;
+
+HAS_CURSOR is true iff the cursor is visible.  IS_EDITABLE is true iff
+the user is allowed to modify the buffer.  If IS_EDITABLE is false,
+HAS_CURSOR is guaranteed to be false.  If IS_EDITABLE is true,
+HAS_CURSOR starts out false and is set to true the first time the user
+clicks in the window.  LINE_WRAP is where the line-wrap policy is
+set.  True means wrap lines, false means continue lines offscreen,
+horizontally.
+
+The text properties list:
+
+  GList *text_properties;
+  GList *text_properties_end;
+
+A scratch area used for constructing a contiguous piece of the buffer
+which may otherwise span the gap.  It is not strictly neccesary
+but simplifies the drawing code because it does not need to deal with
+the gap.
+
+  guchar* scratch_buffer;
+  guint   scratch_buffer_len;
+
+The last vertical scrollbar position.  Currently this looks the same
+as FIRST_ONSCREEN_VER_PIXEL.  I can't remember why I have two values.
+Perhaps someone should clean this up.
+
+  gint last_ver_value;
+
+The cursor:
+
+  gint            cursor_pos_x;
+  gint            cursor_pos_y;
+  GtkPropertyMark cursor_mark;
+  gchar           cursor_char;
+  gchar           cursor_char_offset;
+  gint            cursor_virtual_x;
+  gint            cursor_drawn_level;
+
+CURSOR_POS_X and CURSOR_POS_Y are the screen coordinates of the
+cursor.  CURSOR_MARK is the buffer position.  CURSOR_CHAR is
+TEXT_INDEX (TEXT, CURSOR_MARK.INDEX) if a drawable character, or 0 if
+it is whitespace, which is treated specially.  CURSOR_CHAR_OFFSET is
+the pixel offset above the base of the line at which it should be
+drawn.  Note that the base of the line is not the "baseline" in the
+traditional font metric sense.  A line (LineParams) is
+FONT_ASCENT+FONT_DESCENT high (use the macro LINE_HEIGHT).  The
+"baseline" is FONT_DESCENT below the base of the line.  I think this
+requires a drawing.
+
+0                      AAAAAAA
+1                      AAAAAAA
+2                     AAAAAAAAA
+3                     AAAAAAAAA
+4                    AAAAA AAAAA
+5                    AAAAA AAAAA
+6                   AAAAA   AAAAA
+7                  AAAAA     AAAAA
+8                  AAAAA     AAAAA
+9                 AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
+10                AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA
+11               AAAAA         AAAAA
+12               AAAAA         AAAAA
+13              AAAAAA         AAAAAA
+14______________AAAAA___________AAAAA__________________________________
+15
+16
+17
+18
+19
+20
+
+This line is 20 pixels high, has FONT_ASCENT=14, FONT_DESCENT=6.  It's
+"base" is at y=20.  Characters are drawn at y=14.  The LINE_START
+macro returns the pixel height.  The LINE_CONTAINS macro is true if
+the line contains a certain buffer index.  The LINE_STARTS_AT macro is
+true if the line starts at a certain buffer index.  The
+LINE_START_PIXEL is the pixel offset the line should be drawn at,
+according the the tab continuation of the previous line.
+
+Exposure and drawing:
+
+Exposure is handled from the EXPOSE_TEXT function.  It assumes that
+the LINE_START_CACHE and all it's parameters are accurate and simply
+exposes any line which is in the exposure region.  It calls the
+CLEAR_AREA function to clear the background and/or lay down a pixmap
+background.  The text widget has a scrollable pixmap background, which
+is implemented in CLEAR_AREA.  CLEAR_AREA does the math to figure out
+how to tile the pixmap itself so that it can scroll the text with a
+copy area call.  If the CURSOR argument to EXPOSE_TEXT is true, it
+also draws the cursor.
+
+The function DRAW_LINE draws a single line, doing all the tab and
+color computations neccesary.  The function DRAW_LINE_WRAP draws the
+line wrap bitmap at the end of the line if it wraps.  TEXT_EXPOSE will
+expand the cached line data list if it has to by calling
+FETCH_LINES_FORWARD.  The functions DRAW_CURSOR and UNDRAW_CURSOR draw
+and undraw the cursor.  They count the number of draws and undraws so
+that the cursor may be undrawn even if the cursor is already undrawn
+and the re-draw will not occur too early.  This is useful in handling
+scrolling.
+
+Handling of the cursor is a little messed up, I should add.  It has to
+be undrawn and drawn at various places.  Something better needs to be
+done about this, because it currently doesn't do the right thing in
+certain places.  I can't remember where very well.  Look for the calls
+to DRAW_CURSOR and UNDRAW_CURSOR.
+
+RECOMPUTE_GEOMETRY is called when the geometry of the window changes
+or when it is first drawn.  This is probably not done right.  My
+biggest weakness in writing this code is that I've never written a
+widget before so I got most of the event handling stuff wrong as far
+as Gtk is concerned.  Fortunatly, most of the code is unrelated and
+simply an exercise in data structure manipulation.
+
+Scrolling:
+
+Scrolling is fairly straighforward.  It looks at the top line, and
+advances it pixel by pixel until the FIRST_CUT_PIXELS equals the line
+height and then advances the LINE_START_CACHE.  When it runs out of
+lines it fetches more.  The function SCROLL_INT is used to scroll from
+inside the code, it calls the appropriate functions and handles
+updating the scroll bars.  It dispatches a change event which causes
+Gtk to call the correct scroll action, which then enters SCROLL_UP or
+SCROLL_DOWN.  Careful with the cursor during these changes.
+
+Insertion, deletion:
+
+There's some confusion right now over what to do with the cursor when
+it's offscreen due to scrolling.  This is a policy decision.  I don't
+know what's best.  Spencer criticized me for forcing it to stay
+onscreen.  It shouldn't be hard to make stuff work with the cursor
+offscreen.
+
+Currently I've got functions to do insertion and deletion of a single
+character.  It's fairly complicated.  In order to do efficient pasting
+into the buffer, or write code that modifies the buffer while the
+buffer is drawn, it needs to do multiple characters at at time.  This
+is the hardest part of what remains.  Currently, gtk_text_insert does
+not reexpose the modified lines.  It needs to.  Pete did this wrong at
+one point and I disabled modification completely, I don't know what
+the current state of things are.  The functions
+INSERT_CHAR_LINE_EXPOSE and DELETE_CHAR_LINE_EXPOSE do the work.
+Here's pseudo code for insert.  Delete is quite similar.
+
+  insert character into the buffer
+  update the text property list
+  move the point
+  undraw the cursor
+  correct all LineParams cache entries after the insertion point
+  compute the new height of the modified line
+  compare with the old height of the modified line
+  remove the old LineParams from the cache
+  insert the new LineParams into the cache
+  if the lines are of different height, do a copy area to move the
+    area below the insertion down
+  expose the current line
+  update the cursor mark
+  redraw the cursor
+
+What needs to be done:
+
+Horizintal scrolling, robustness, testing, selection handling.  If you
+want to work in the text widget pay attention to the debugging
+facilities I've written at the end of gtktext.c.  I'm sorry I waited
+so long to try and pass this off.  I'm super busy with school and
+work, and when I have free time my highest priority is another version
+of PRCS.
+
+Feel free to ask me questions.

docs/widget_system.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
+Notes about the inner workings of the widget system of GTK+
+===========================================================
+
+This file contains some notes as to how the widget system does
+and should work. It consists of three parts:
+
+ I) A description of the meaning of the various flags
+
+ II) A list of invariants about the states of the widgets. 
+    (Throughout this document, we refer to the states of the
+     widgets by referring to the flags for GtkWidget)
+
+ III) Some notes about the ways that a widget changes states
+
+ IV) A list of responsibilities of various widget signals when
+    the states change.
+
+Any action necessary to maintain the invariants in II which is not
+explicitly mentioned in IV), is the responsibility of the core GTK
+code, which is roughly defined as:
+
+  gtkobject.c
+  gtkwidget.c
+  gtkcontainer.c
+  gtkmain.c
+  gtksignal.c
+
+Section II is mostly of interest to those maintaining GTK, the
+other sections may also be interesting to people writing
+new widgets.
+
+Main outline:
+	- Owen Taylor <owt1@cornell.edu>
+	  1998/02/03
+
+Flag descriptions:
+	- Tim Janik <timj@gimp.org>
+	  1998/02/04
+
+I. Flags
+--------
+
+GtkObject:
+
+GTK_DESTROYED:
+	This flagged is set for a GtkObject right before its
+	destruction code is executed. Its main use is the
+	prevention of multiple destruction invokations.
+	
+GTK_FLOATING:
+	This flag reflects the fact that the holder of the
+	initial reference count is unknown. Refer to refcounting.txt
+	for further details.
+
+GTK_RESERVED_1:
+GTK_RESERVED_2:
+	Reserved flags.
+
+
+GtkWidget, public flags:
+
+GTK_TOPLEVEL:
+	Widgets without a real parent, as there are GtkWindows and
+	GtkMenus have this flag set throughout their lifetime.
+	Toplevel widgets always contain their own GdkWindow.
+	
+GTK_NO_WINDOW:
+	This flag is indicative for a widget that does not provide
+	its own GdkWindow. Visible action (e.g. drawing) is performed
+	on the parent's GdkWindow.
+
+GTK_REALIZED:
+	Set by gtk_widget_realize, unset by gtk_widget_unrealize.
+	Relies on ((widget->parent && widget->parent->window)
+	           || GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
+	Means: widget has an associated GdkWindow (XWindow).
+
+GTK_MAPPED:
+	Set by gtk_widget_map, unset by gtk_widget_unmap.
+	May only be set if GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget).
+	Means: gdk_window_show() has been called on the widgets window(s).
+
+GTK_VISIBLE:
+	Set by gtk_widget_show.
+	Implies that a widget will be flagged GTK_MAPPED as soon as its
+	parent is mapped.
+!GTK_VISIBLE:
+	Set by gtk_widget_hide.
+	Implies that a widget is not onscreen, therefore !GTK_MAPPED.
+
+GTK_SENSITIVE:
+	Set and unset by gtk_widget_set_sensitive.
+	The sensitivity of a widget determines whether it will receive
+	certain events (e.g. button or key presses). One premise for
+	the widgets sensitivity is to have GTK_SENSITIVE set.
+
+GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE:
+	Set and unset by gtk_widget_set_sensitive operations on the
+	parents of the widget.
+	This is the second premise for the widgets sensitivity. Once
+	it has GTK_SENSITIVE and GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE set, its state is
+	effectively sensitive. This is expressed (and can be examined) by
+	the GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE macro.
+
+GTK_CAN_FOCUS:
+	There are no directly corresponding functions for setting/unsetting
+	this flag, but it can be affected by the GtkWidget::has_focus argument
+	via gtk_widget_set_arg.
+	This flag determines whether a widget is able to handle focus grabs.
+
+GTK_HAS_FOCUS:
+	This flag will be set by gtk_widget_grab_focus for widgets that also
+	have GTK_CAN_FOCUS set. The flag will be unset once another widget
+	grabs the focus.
+	
+GTK_CAN_DEFAULT:
+GTK_HAS_DEFAULT:
+	These two flags are mostly equal in functionality to their *_FOCUS
+	counterparts, but for the default widget.
+
+GTK_HAS_GRAB:
+	Set by gtk_grab_add, unset by gtk_grab_remove.
+	Means: widget is in the grab_widgets stack, and will be the preferred
+	one for receiving events other than ones of cosmetic value.
+
+GTK_BASIC:
+	The GTK_BASIC flag is an attempt at making a distinction
+	between widgets that handle user input e.g. key/button presses
+	and those that don't. Subsequent parent<->child relation ships
+	of non `basic' widgets should be avoided. The checking for
+	this is currently not properly enforced in the code. For
+	example GtkButton is a non `basic' widget, that will therefore
+	disallow to act as a container for another GtkButton. Now the
+	gnit is, one can add a GtkHBox (which is a `basic' widget) to
+	the first button, and put the second into the box.
+
+GTK_RESERVED_3:
+
+GTK_RC_STYLE:
+	This flag indicates that its style has been looked up through
+	the rc mechanism. It does not imply that the widget actually
+	had a style defined through the rc mechanism.
+
+
+GtkWidget, private flags:
+
+GTK_USER_STYLE:
+	A widget is flagged to have a user style, once gtk_widget_set_style
+	has been invoked for it. The use of this flag is to tell widgets
+	wich share a global user style from the ones which got a certain
+	style assign from outside the toolkit.
+	
+GTK_REDRAW_PENDING:
+	Relies on GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget).
+	[FIXME: this is not really enforced throughout the code, but should
+	 be. it only requires a few checks for GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED and
+	 minor changes to gtk_widget_unmap, we can then remove the check
+	 in gtk_widget_real_destroy]
+	Means: there is an idle handler waiting for the widget, that
+	will cause a full redraw (gtk_widget_draw (widget, NULL)).
+
+GTK_RESIZE_PENDING:
+	First, this is only valid for GtkContainers.
+	[some of the code should move to gtkcontainer.c therefore]
+	Relies on GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget)
+	[this is not really enforced throughout the code, but should
+	 be. it only requires a few checks for GTK_WIDGET_RELIZED and
+	 minor changes to gtk_widget_unrealize, we can then remove the check
+	 in gtk_widget_real_destroy]
+	Means: there is an idle handler waiting for the container to
+	resize it.
+
+GTK_RESIZE_NEEDED:
+	Relies on GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget)
+	[this is not really enforced throughout the code, but should
+	 be. once this is done special checking in gtk_widget_real_destroy
+	 can be avoided]
+	Means: a widget has been added to the resize_widgets list of
+	its _toplevel_ container (keep this in mind for GtkViewport).
+	Remark: this flag is also used internaly by gtkwindow.c during
+	the evaluation of resizing worthy widgets.
+
+GTK_LEAVE_PENDING:
+	A widget is flagged as such if there is a leave_notify event
+	pending for it. It will receive this event regardless of a grab
+	through another widget or its current sensitivity.
+	[this should be made relying on GTK_REALIZED]
+
+GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK:
+	Set by gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask if a widget got a shape mask
+	assigned (making use of the X11 shaped window extension).
+
+GTK_IN_REPARENT:
+	During the act of reparentation widgets which are already
+	realized and will be added to an already realized parent need
+	to have this flag set to prevent natural unrealization on the
+	process of getting unparented.
+
+Related Macros:
+
+GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE:
+	This macro examines whether a widget is flagged as GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE
+	and GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED.
+	Means: it _makes sense_ to draw in a widgets window.
+
+GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE:
+	This macro tells the real sensitivity state of a widget. It returns
+	whether both the widget and all its parents are in sensitive state.
+
+
+II. Invariants:
+---------------
+
+This section describes various constraints on the states of 
+the widget:
+
+In the following
+
+  A => B     means  if A is true, than B is true
+  A <=> B    means  A is true, if and only if B is true
+                    (equivalent to A => B and A <= B)
+
+
+1)  GTK_WIDGET_DESTROYED (widget) => !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+                                  => !GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget)
+[ The latter is not currently in place, but it should be ] 
+ 
+2) GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) => GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+
+3) if GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget):
+   GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) <=> GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget)
+
+4) if !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget):
+  widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) <=>
+     GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+
+5) if !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget):
+
+   GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) => GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget)
+                              => GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget)
+
+   widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) && 
+     GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) => GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget)
+
+Note:, the definition
+
+[  GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE = GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED
+   is made in gtkwidget.c, but by 3) and 5), 
+     
+      GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED => GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE
+]
+
+6) GTK_REDRAW_PENDING => GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED
+   GTK_RESIZE_PENDING =>         "
+   GTK_LEAVE_PENDING  =>         "
+   GTK_RESIZE_NEEDED  =>         "
+
+III. How states are changed:
+----------------------------
+
+How can the user control the state of a widget:
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+(In the following, set flag means set the flag, do appropriate
+actions, and enforce above invariants) 
+
+gtk_widget_show: 
+ if !GTK_DESTROYED sets GTK_VISIBLE
+
+gtk_widget_hide:
+ if !GTK_VISIBLE for widget
+
+gtk_widget_destroy:
+ sets GTK_DESTROYED
+ For a top-level widget
+
+gtk_widget_realize:
+ if !GTK_DESTROYED sets GTK_REALIZED
+- Calling gtk_widget_realize when the widget is not a descendent
+  of a toplevel is an ERROR.
+
+gtk_container_add (container, widget) [ and container-specific variants ]
+ Sets widget->parent 
+
+gtk_container_remove (container, widget)
+ unsets widget->parent
+
+gtk_widget_reparent (widget, new_parent)
+ Equivalent to removing widget from old parent and adding it to
+ the new parent, except that the widget will not be temporarily 
+ unrealized if both the old parent and the new parent are realized.
+
+
+gtk_widget_unrealize
+gtk_widget_map
+gtk_widget_unmap
+
+These functions are not meant to be used by applications - they
+are used only by GTK and widgets to enforce invariants on the
+state.
+
+When The X window corresponding to a GTK window is destroyed:
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+gtk_widget_destroy is called (as above).
+
+
+
+IV. Responsibilities of widgets
+--------------------------------
+
+Adding to a container
+---------------------
+
+When a widget is added to a container, the container:
+
+  1) calls gtk_widget_set_parent (widget, container)
+  2) calls gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, window) if 
+     the widget is being added to something other than container->window
+  3) if container is realized, and not widget, realizes widget
+  4) if container is mapped, and not widget and widget is GTK_VISIBLE,
+     maps widget
+  5) Queues a resize if the widget is mapped
+
+Note: It would be nice to remove 3) and 4) out of widget specific code
+  since they are of the invariant-enforcing nature, but it is
+  a bit hard, since they can't be done until after 2)
+
+
+Removing from a container
+-------------------------
+
+When a widget is removed to a container, the container:
+
+  1) Calls gtk_widget_unparent (widget)
+  2) Queues a resize.
+
+Notes:
+
+ gtk_widget_unparent unrealizes the widget except in the 
+   special case GTK_IN_REPARENT is set.
+
+
+At widget creation
+------------------
+
+Widgets are created in an unrealized state. 
+
+ 1) The widget should allocate and initialize needed data structures
+
+
+The Realize signal
+------------------
+
+When a widget recieves the "realize" signal it should:
+
+ NO_WINDOW widgets: (probably OK to use default handler)
+
+  1) set the realized flag
+  2) set widget->window
+      widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
+      gdk_window_ref (widget->window);
+  3) attach the widget's style
+
+  widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
+
+ widget with window(s)
+
+  1) set the REALIZED flag
+  2) create windows with the parent obtained from
+      gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
+  3) attach the widget's style
+  4) set the background color for the new window based on the style
+
+The Map signal
+--------------
+
+  1) Set the MAPPED flag
+  2) If the widget has any windows, gdk_window_show those windows
+  3) call gtk_widget_map for all child widgets that are 
+     VISIBLE and !MAPPED.
+  3) Do any other functions related to putting the widget onscreen.
+     (for instance, showing extra popup windows...)
+
+The Unmap signal
+----------------
+
+When a widget receives the unmap signal, it must:
+
+ 1) If the widget has a window, gdk_window_hide that window, 
+ 2) If the widget does not have a window, unmap all child widgets
+ 3) Do any other functions related to taking the widget offscreen
+     (for instance, removing popup windows...)
+ 4) Unset GTK_MAPPED
+
+
+The Unrealize signal
+--------------------
+
+When a widget receives the unrealize signal, it must
+
+ 1) For any windows other than widget->window do:
+
+    gdk_window_set_user_data (window, NULL);
+    gdk_window_destroy (window);
+
+ 2) Call the parent's unrealize handler
+
+
+The Widget class unrealize handler will take care of unrealizing
+all children if necessary. [should this be made consistent with
+unmap???]
+
+
+The Destroy Signal
+------------------
+
+Commentary:
+
+  The destroy signal probably shouldn't exist at all. A widget
+  should merely be unrealized and removed from its parent
+  when the user calls gtk_widget_destroy or a GDK_DESTROY event
+  is received. However, a large body of code depends on
+  getting a definitive signal when a widget goes away.
+
+  That could be put in the finalization step, but, especially
+  with language bindings, the cleanup step may need to refer
+  back to the widget. (To use gtk_widget_get_data, for instance)
+  If it does so via a pointer in a closure (natural for
+  Scheme, or Perl), then the finalization procedure will never
+  be called. 
+
+  Also, if we made that the finalization step, we would have
+  to propagate the GDK_DESTROY event in any case, since it is
+  at that point at which user-visible actions need to be taken.
+
+
+When a widget receives the destroy signal, it must:
+
+  1) If the widget "owns" any widgets other than its child
+     widgets, (for instance popup windows) it should
+     call gtk_widget_destroy () for them.
+
+  2) Call the parent class's destroy handler.
+
+
+The "destroy" signal will only be received once. A widget
+will never receive any other signals after the destroy
+signal (but see the sectionalize on "Finalize" below)
+
+The widget must handle calls to all publically accessible
+functions in an innocuous manner even after a "destroy"
+signal. (A widget can assume that it will not be realized 
+after a "destroy" signal is received, which may simplify
+handling this requirement)
+
+
+The Finalize Pseudo-signal
+--------------------------
+
+The finalize pseudo-signal is received after all references
+to the widget have been removed. The finalize callback
+cannot make any GTK calls with the widget as a parameter.
+
+1) Free any memory allocated by the widget. (But _not_
+   the widget structure itself.
+
+2) Call the parent class's finalize signal
+
+
+A note on chaining "destroy" signals and finalize signals:
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+This is done by code like:
+
+  if (GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy)
+    (* GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy) (object);
+
+It may not be completely obvious why this works. Note
+that parent_class is a static variable on a per-class
+basis. So say: we have
+
+  GtkFoo <- GtkBar <- GtkWidget <-GtkObject
+
+And that Foo, Widget, and Object all have destructors, but
+not Bar.
+
+Then gtk_foo_destroy will call gtk_widget_destroy (because
+it was not overridden in the Bar class structure) and
+gtk_widget_destroy will call gtk_object_destroy because
+the parent_class variable referenced by gtk_foo_destroy is the 
+static variable in gtkwidget.c: GtkObjectClass.

examples/README.1ST

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+GTK Example Code - Tony Gale <gale@gtk.org> 980623
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+I have written an awk script to automatically extract the code
+examples from the GTK Tutorial (in sgml), so they only have to be
+changed in one place.
+
+It's called 'extract.awk', and there is a shell wrapper to invoke
+it called 'extract.sh'
+
+It takes the following switches:
+ -c : Just do checking rather than output files
+ -f <filename> : Extract a specific file
+ -d : Extract file(s) to current directory
+
+Without the -d switch, the code will be placed in the appropriate
+sub-directory. Those sub-directories will be created if they do not
+exist.
+
+Without the -f switch, all code examples will be extracted.
+
+The shell wrapper assumes that the GTK Tutorial is in the 
+file "../docs/gtk_tut.sgml"
+
+It works by looking for sections of text in the tutorial surrounded
+by, for example:
+
+/* example-start helloworld helloworld.c */
+
+and
+
+/* example-end */
+
+Where "helloworld" is the directory into which the file will be
+placed (which can also be a directory spec like hello/hello1), and
+"helloworld.c" is the file name for the code.
+
+So, the code between these lines would be extracted to the file
+helloworld/helloworld.c
+
+It also handles replacing the sgml tag '&amp;' with '&'

examples/aspectframe/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+aspectframe: aspectframe.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` aspectframe.c -o aspectframe
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o aspectframe

examples/aspectframe/aspectframe.c

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* aspectframe.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+   
+int
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *aspect_frame;
+    GtkWidget *drawing_area;
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+   
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Aspect Frame");
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+    GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_main_quit), NULL);
+    gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+   
+    /* Create an aspect_frame and add it to our toplevel window */
+   
+    aspect_frame = gtk_aspect_frame_new ("2x1", /* label */
+                                         0.5, /* center x */
+                                         0.5, /* center y */
+                                         2, /* xsize/ysize = 2 */
+                                         FALSE /* ignore child's aspect */);
+   
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(window), aspect_frame);
+    gtk_widget_show (aspect_frame);
+   
+    /* Now add a child widget to the aspect frame */
+   
+    drawing_area = gtk_drawing_area_new ();
+   
+    /* Ask for a 200x200 window, but the AspectFrame will give us a 200x100
+     * window since we are forcing a 2x1 aspect ratio */
+    gtk_widget_set_usize (drawing_area, 200, 200);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(aspect_frame), drawing_area);
+    gtk_widget_show (drawing_area);
+   
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+    gtk_main ();
+    return 0;
+}

examples/buttons/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+buttons: buttons.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` buttons.c -o buttons
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o buttons

examples/buttons/buttons.c

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* buttons.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* create a new hbox with an image and a label packed into it
+ * and return the box.. */
+
+GtkWidget *xpm_label_box (GtkWidget *parent, gchar *xpm_filename, gchar *label_text)
+{
+    GtkWidget *box1;
+    GtkWidget *label;
+    GtkWidget *pixmapwid;
+    GdkPixmap *pixmap;
+    GdkBitmap *mask;
+    GtkStyle *style;
+
+    /* create box for xpm and label */
+    box1 = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (box1), 2);
+
+    /* get style of button.. I assume it's to get the background color.
+     * if someone knows the real reason, please enlighten me. */
+    style = gtk_widget_get_style(parent);
+
+    /* now on to the xpm stuff.. load xpm */
+    pixmap = gdk_pixmap_create_from_xpm (parent->window, &mask,
+					 &style->bg[GTK_STATE_NORMAL],
+					 xpm_filename);
+    pixmapwid = gtk_pixmap_new (pixmap, mask);
+
+    /* create label for button */
+    label = gtk_label_new (label_text);
+
+    /* pack the pixmap and label into the box */
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1),
+			pixmapwid, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (box1), label, FALSE, FALSE, 3);
+
+    gtk_widget_show(pixmapwid);
+    gtk_widget_show(label);
+
+    return (box1);
+}
+
+/* our usual callback function */
+void callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    g_print ("Hello again - %s was pressed\n", (char *) data);
+}
+
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *button;
+    GtkWidget *box1;
+
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+    /* create a new window */
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Pixmap'd Buttons!");
+
+    /* It's a good idea to do this for all windows. */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+
+
+    /* sets the border width of the window. */
+    gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+    gtk_widget_realize(window);
+
+    /* create a new button */
+    button = gtk_button_new ();
+
+    /* You should be getting used to seeing most of these functions by now */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "cool button");
+
+    /* this calls our box creating function */
+    box1 = xpm_label_box(window, "info.xpm", "cool button");
+
+    /* pack and show all our widgets */
+    gtk_widget_show(box1);
+
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (button), box1);
+
+    gtk_widget_show(button);
+
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button);
+
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+    /* rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
+    gtk_main ();
+
+    return 0;
+}

examples/buttons/info.xpm

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* XPM */
+static char *openfile[] = {
+/* width height num_colors chars_per_pixel */
+"    20    19       66            2",
+/* colors */
+".. c None",
+".# c #000000",
+".a c #dfdfdf",
+".b c #7f7f7f",
+".c c #006f6f",
+".d c #00efef",
+".e c #009f9f",
+".f c #004040",
+".g c #00bfbf",
+".h c #ff0000",
+".i c #ffffff",
+".j c #7f0000",
+".k c #007070",
+".l c #00ffff",
+".m c #00a0a0",
+".n c #004f4f",
+".o c #00cfcf",
+".p c #8f8f8f",
+".q c #6f6f6f",
+".r c #a0a0a0",
+".s c #7f7f00",
+".t c #007f7f",
+".u c #5f5f5f",
+".v c #707070",
+".w c #00f0f0",
+".x c #009090",
+".y c #ffff00",
+".z c #0000ff",
+".A c #00afaf",
+".B c #00d0d0",
+".C c #00dfdf",
+".D c #005f5f",
+".E c #00b0b0",
+".F c #001010",
+".G c #00c0c0",
+".H c #000f0f",
+".I c #00007f",
+".J c #005050",
+".K c #002f2f",
+".L c #dfcfcf",
+".M c #dfd0d0",
+".N c #006060",
+".O c #00e0e0",
+".P c #00ff00",
+".Q c #002020",
+".R c #dfc0c0",
+".S c #008080",
+".T c #001f1f",
+".U c #003f3f",
+".V c #007f00",
+".W c #00000f",
+".X c #000010",
+".Y c #00001f",
+".Z c #000020",
+".0 c #00002f",
+".1 c #000030",
+".2 c #00003f",
+".3 c #000040",
+".4 c #00004f",
+".5 c #000050",
+".6 c #00005f",
+".7 c #000060",
+".8 c #00006f",
+".9 c #000070",
+"#. c #7f7f80",
+"## c #9f9f9f",
+/* pixels */
+"........................................",
+"........................................",
+"........................................",
+".......................#.#.#............",
+".....................#.......#...#......",
+"...............................#.#......",
+".......#.#.#.................#.#.#......",
+".....#.y.i.y.#.#.#.#.#.#.#..............",
+".....#.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.#..............",
+".....#.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.i.y.#..............",
+".....#.i.y.i.y.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#....",
+".....#.y.i.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#......",
+".....#.i.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#........",
+".....#.y.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#..........",
+".....#.#.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.s.#............",
+".....#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#.#..............",
+"........................................",
+"........................................",
+"........................................"
+};

examples/clist/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+clist: clist.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` clist.c -o clist
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o clist

examples/clist/clist.c

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* example-start clist clist.c */
+
+#include        <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include	<glib.h>
+
+/* These are just the prototypes of the various callbacks */
+void button_add_clicked( GtkWidget *button, gpointer data);
+void button_clear_clicked( GtkWidget *button, gpointer data);
+void button_hide_show_clicked( GtkWidget *button, gpointer data);
+void selection_made( GtkWidget *clist, gint row, gint column,
+		     GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data);
+
+gint main (int argc, gchar *argv[])
+{                                  
+    GtkWidget       *window;
+    GtkWidget       *vbox, *hbox;
+    GtkWidget	    *clist;
+    GtkWidget	    *button_add, *button_clear, *button_hide_show;    
+    gchar	    *titles[2] = {"Ingredients","Amount"};
+
+    gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
+    
+    
+    window=gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_widget_set_usize(GTK_WIDGET(window), 300, 150);
+
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(window), "GtkCList Example");
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window),
+		       "destroy",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_main_quit),
+		       NULL);
+    
+    vbox=gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 5);
+    gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), 5);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show(vbox);
+    
+    /* Create the GtkCList. For this example we use 2 columns */
+    clist = gtk_clist_new_with_titles( 2, titles);
+
+    /* When a selection is made, we want to know about it. The callback
+     * used is selection_made, and it's code can be found further down */
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(clist), "select_row",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(selection_made),
+		       NULL);
+
+    /* It isn't necessary to shadow the border, but it looks nice :) */
+    gtk_clist_set_border(GTK_CLIST(clist), GTK_SHADOW_OUT);
+
+    /* What however is important, is that we set the column widths as
+     * they will never be right otherwise. Note that the columns are
+     * numbered from 0 and up (to 1 in this case).
+     */
+    gtk_clist_set_column_width (GTK_CLIST(clist), 0, 150);
+
+    /* Scollbars _only when needed_ */
+    gtk_clist_set_policy(GTK_CLIST(clist), GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC,
+					   GTK_POLICY_AUTOMATIC);
+
+    /* Add the GtkCList widget to the vertical box and show it. */
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), clist, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_widget_show(clist);
+
+    /* Create the buttons and add them to the window. See the button
+     * tutorial for more examples and comments on this.
+     */
+    hbox = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), hbox, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_widget_show(hbox);
+
+    button_add = gtk_button_new_with_label("Add List");
+    button_clear = gtk_button_new_with_label("Clear List");
+    button_hide_show = gtk_button_new_with_label("Hide/Show titles");
+
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), button_add, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), button_clear, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(hbox), button_hide_show, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+    /* Connect our callbacks to the three buttons */
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button_add), "clicked",
+			      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_add_clicked),
+			      (gpointer) clist);
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button_clear), "clicked",
+			      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_clear_clicked),
+			      (gpointer) clist);
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button_hide_show), "clicked",
+			      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(button_hide_show_clicked),
+			      (gpointer) clist);
+
+    gtk_widget_show(button_add);
+    gtk_widget_show(button_clear);
+    gtk_widget_show(button_hide_show);
+
+    /* The interface is completely set up so we show the window and
+     * enter the gtk_main loop.
+     */
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+    gtk_main();
+    
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* User clicked the "Add List" button. */
+void button_add_clicked( GtkWidget *button, gpointer data)
+{
+    int		indx;
+
+    /* Something silly to add to the list. 4 rows of 2 columns each */
+    gchar      *drink[4][2] = {{"Milk", "3 Oz"},
+			       {"Water", "6 l"},
+			       {"Carrots", "2"},
+			       {"Snakes", "55"}};
+
+    /* Here we do the actual adding of the text. It's done once for
+     * each row.
+     */
+    for( indx=0; indx < 4; indx++)
+	gtk_clist_append( (GtkCList*) data, drink[indx]);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/* User clicked the "Clear List" button. */
+void button_clear_clicked( GtkWidget *button, gpointer data)
+{
+    /* Clear the list using gtk_clist_clear. This is much faster than
+     * calling gtk_clist_remove once for each row.
+     */
+    gtk_clist_clear((GtkCList*) data);
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/* The user clicked the "Hide/Show titles" button. */
+void button_hide_show_clicked( GtkWidget *button, gpointer data)
+{
+    /* Just a flag to remember the status. 0 = currently visible */
+    static short int flag = 0;
+
+    if (flag == 0)
+    {
+        /* Hide the titles and set the flag to 1 */
+	gtk_clist_column_titles_hide((GtkCList*) data);
+	flag++;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        /* Show the titles and reset flag to 0 */
+	gtk_clist_column_titles_show((GtkCList*) data);
+	flag--;
+    }
+
+    return;
+}
+
+/* If we come here, then the user has selected a row in the list. */
+void selection_made( GtkWidget *clist, gint row, gint column,
+		     GdkEventButton *event, gpointer data)
+{
+    gchar	*text;
+
+    /* Get the text that is stored in the selected row and column
+     * which was clicked in. We will receive it as a pointer in the
+     * argument text.
+     */
+    gtk_clist_get_text(GTK_CLIST(clist), row, column, &text);
+
+    /* Just prints some information about the selected row */
+    g_print("You selected row %d. More specifically you clicked in column %d, and the text in this cell is %s\n\n", row, column, text);
+
+    return;
+}
+/* example-end */

examples/entry/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+entry: entry.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` entry.c -o entry
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o entry

examples/entry/entry.c

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* entry.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+void enter_callback(GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *entry)
+{
+  gchar *entry_text;
+  entry_text = gtk_entry_get_text(GTK_ENTRY(entry));
+  printf("Entry contents: %s\n", entry_text);
+}
+
+void entry_toggle_editable (GtkWidget *checkbutton,
+				   GtkWidget *entry)
+{
+  gtk_entry_set_editable(GTK_ENTRY(entry),
+			 GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(checkbutton)->active);
+}
+
+void entry_toggle_visibility (GtkWidget *checkbutton,
+				   GtkWidget *entry)
+{
+  gtk_entry_set_visibility(GTK_ENTRY(entry),
+			 GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(checkbutton)->active);
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *vbox, *hbox;
+    GtkWidget *entry;
+    GtkWidget *button;
+    GtkWidget *check;
+
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+    /* create a new window */
+    window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_widget_set_usize( GTK_WIDGET (window), 200, 100);
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW (window), "GTK Entry");
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+                       (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_exit, NULL);
+
+    vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show (vbox);
+
+    entry = gtk_entry_new_with_max_length (50);
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(entry), "activate",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(enter_callback),
+		       entry);
+    gtk_entry_set_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry), "hello");
+    gtk_entry_append_text (GTK_ENTRY (entry), " world");
+    gtk_entry_select_region (GTK_ENTRY (entry),
+			     0, GTK_ENTRY(entry)->text_length);
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), entry, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_widget_show (entry);
+
+    hbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (vbox), hbox);
+    gtk_widget_show (hbox);
+                                  
+    check = gtk_check_button_new_with_label("Editable");
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), check, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(check), "toggled",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(entry_toggle_editable), entry);
+    gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(check), TRUE);
+    gtk_widget_show (check);
+    
+    check = gtk_check_button_new_with_label("Visible");
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (hbox), check, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(check), "toggled",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(entry_toggle_visibility), entry);
+    gtk_toggle_button_set_state(GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON(check), TRUE);
+    gtk_widget_show (check);
+                                   
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Close");
+    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+			       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_exit),
+			       GTK_OBJECT (window));
+    gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (button, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
+    gtk_widget_grab_default (button);
+    gtk_widget_show (button);
+    
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+
+    gtk_main();
+    return(0);
+}

examples/eventbox/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+eventbox: eventbox.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` eventbox.c -o eventbox
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o eventbox

examples/eventbox/eventbox.c

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* eventbox.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+int 
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *event_box;
+    GtkWidget *label;
+    
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+    
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    
+    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Event Box");
+    
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+    
+    gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+    
+    /* Create an EventBox and add it to our toplevel window */
+    
+    event_box = gtk_event_box_new ();
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER(window), event_box);
+    gtk_widget_show (event_box);
+    
+    /* Create a long label */
+    
+    label = gtk_label_new ("Click here to quit, quit, quit, quit, quit");
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (event_box), label);
+    gtk_widget_show (label);
+    
+    /* Clip it short. */
+    gtk_widget_set_usize (label, 110, 20);
+    
+    /* And bind an action to it */
+    gtk_widget_set_events (event_box, GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK);
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(event_box), "button_press_event",
+			GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+    
+    /* Yet one more thing you need an X window for ... */
+    
+    gtk_widget_realize (event_box);
+    gdk_window_set_cursor (event_box->window, gdk_cursor_new (GDK_HAND1));
+    
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+    
+    gtk_main ();
+    
+    return 0;
+}

examples/extract.awk

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# extract - extract C source files from GTK Tutorial
+# Copyright (C) Tony Gale 1998
+# Contact: gale@gtk.org
+#
+# Command Switches:
+# -c : Just do checking rather than output files
+# -f <filename> : Extract a specific file
+# -d : Extract files to current directory
+ 
+BEGIN {in_example=0; check=0; spec_example=""; do_output=0; flatten=0
+       for (i=0 ; i < ARGC ; i++) {
+	if ( ARGV[i] == "-c" ) {
+	  check = 1;
+	  ARGV[i]="";
+	} else if ( ARGV[i] == "-f" ) {
+	  spec_example=ARGV[i+1];
+	  ARGV[i]="";
+	  ARGV[i+1]="";
+	  if ( length(spec_example) == 0 ) {
+	    print "usage: -f <filename>";
+	    exit;
+	  }
+	} else if ( ARGV[i] == "-d" ) {
+	  flatten = 1;
+	  ARGV[i]="";
+	}
+       }
+      }
+
+$2 == "example-start" && in_example == 1 { printf("\nERROR: nested example at line %d\n", NR) > "/dev/stderr";
+					   exit}
+
+$2 == "example-start"			 { in_example=1 }
+
+$2 == "example-start" && check == 0 \
+  { if ( (spec_example == "") || (spec_example == $4) ) {
+    if ( flatten == 0 ) {
+      file_name = sprintf("%s/%s",$3, $4);
+      command = sprintf("mkdir -p %s", $3);
+      system(command);
+    } else {
+      file_name = $4;
+    }
+    do_output=1;
+  }
+  }
+
+in_example==1 && check==0 && do_output==1 { gsub(/&amp;/, "\\&", $0);
+					    print $0 >file_name } 
+
+$2 == "example-end" && in_example == 0 	  { printf("\nERROR: multiple ends at line %d\n", NR) > "/dev/stderr";
+					    exit}
+$2 == "example-end" 			  { in_example=0; do_output=0 }
+
+
+END {}
+

examples/extract.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+awk -f extract.awk ../docs/gtk_tut.sgml $1 $2 $3 $4 $5

examples/filesel/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+filesel: filesel.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` filesel.c -o filesel
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o filesel

examples/filesel/filesel.c

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* filesel.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* Get the selected filename and print it to the console */
+void file_ok_sel (GtkWidget *w, GtkFileSelection *fs)
+{
+    g_print ("%s\n", gtk_file_selection_get_filename (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (fs)));
+}
+
+void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    gtk_main_quit ();
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *filew;
+    
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+    
+    /* Create a new file selection widget */
+    filew = gtk_file_selection_new ("File selection");
+    
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (filew), "destroy",
+			(GtkSignalFunc) destroy, &filew);
+    /* Connect the ok_button to file_ok_sel function */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filew)->ok_button),
+			"clicked", (GtkSignalFunc) file_ok_sel, filew );
+    
+    /* Connect the cancel_button to destroy the widget */
+    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filew)->cancel_button),
+			       "clicked", (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_widget_destroy,
+			       GTK_OBJECT (filew));
+    
+    /* Lets set the filename, as if this were a save dialog, and we are giving
+     a default filename */
+    gtk_file_selection_set_filename (GTK_FILE_SELECTION(filew), 
+				     "penguin.png");
+    
+    gtk_widget_show(filew);
+    gtk_main ();
+    return 0;
+}

examples/find-examples.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+find . -name CVS -prune -o \
+     -not \( -type d -o -name Makefile.am -o -name find-examples.sh \) -print |
+    sed 's%\./\(.*\)%	examples/\1  \\%'
+echo "	examples/find-examples.sh"

examples/gtkdial/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+dial_test: gtkdial.o dial_test.o
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --libs` dial_test.o gtkdial.o -o dial_test
+
+dial_test.o: dial_test.c gtkdial.h
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` -c dial_test.c -o dial_test.o
+
+gtkdial.o: gtkdial.c gtkdial.h
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` -c gtkdial.c -o gtkdial.o
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o dial_test

examples/gtkdial/dial_test.c

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include "gtkdial.h"
+
+void
+value_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, GtkWidget *label)
+{
+  char buffer[16];
+
+  sprintf(buffer,"%4.2f",adjustment->value);
+  gtk_label_set (GTK_LABEL (label), buffer);
+}
+
+int 
+main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+  GtkWidget *window;
+  GtkAdjustment *adjustment;
+  GtkWidget *dial;
+  GtkWidget *frame;
+  GtkWidget *vbox;
+  GtkWidget *label;
+  
+  gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+  window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+  
+  gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Dial");
+  
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_exit), NULL);
+  
+  gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+
+  vbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 5);
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), vbox);
+  gtk_widget_show(vbox);
+
+  frame = gtk_frame_new (NULL);
+  gtk_frame_set_shadow_type (GTK_FRAME(frame), GTK_SHADOW_IN);
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox), frame, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+  gtk_widget_show (frame); 
+ 
+  adjustment = GTK_ADJUSTMENT(gtk_adjustment_new (0, -1.0, 1.0, 0.01, 0.1, 0));
+  
+  dial = gtk_dial_new(adjustment);
+  gtk_dial_set_update_policy (GTK_DIAL(dial), GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED);
+  /*  gtk_widget_set_usize (dial, 100, 100); */
+  
+  gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (frame), dial);
+  gtk_widget_show (dial);
+
+  label = gtk_label_new("0.00");
+  gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX(vbox), label, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+  gtk_widget_show (label);
+
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT(adjustment), "value_changed",
+		      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (value_changed), label);
+  
+  gtk_widget_show (window);
+  
+  gtk_main ();
+  
+  return 0;
+}

examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.c

@@ -0,0 +1,591 @@
+/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the
+ * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ */
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <gtk/gtkmain.h>
+#include <gtk/gtksignal.h>
+
+#include "gtkdial.h"
+
+#define SCROLL_DELAY_LENGTH  300
+#define DIAL_DEFAULT_SIZE 100
+
+/* Forward declararations */
+
+static void gtk_dial_class_init               (GtkDialClass    *klass);
+static void gtk_dial_init                     (GtkDial         *dial);
+static void gtk_dial_destroy                  (GtkObject        *object);
+static void gtk_dial_realize                  (GtkWidget        *widget);
+static void gtk_dial_size_request             (GtkWidget      *widget,
+					       GtkRequisition *requisition);
+static void gtk_dial_size_allocate            (GtkWidget     *widget,
+					       GtkAllocation *allocation);
+static gint gtk_dial_expose                   (GtkWidget        *widget,
+						GdkEventExpose   *event);
+static gint gtk_dial_button_press             (GtkWidget        *widget,
+						GdkEventButton   *event);
+static gint gtk_dial_button_release           (GtkWidget        *widget,
+						GdkEventButton   *event);
+static gint gtk_dial_motion_notify            (GtkWidget        *widget,
+						GdkEventMotion   *event);
+static gint gtk_dial_timer                    (GtkDial         *dial);
+
+static void gtk_dial_update_mouse             (GtkDial *dial, gint x, gint y);
+static void gtk_dial_update                   (GtkDial *dial);
+static void gtk_dial_adjustment_changed       (GtkAdjustment    *adjustment,
+						gpointer          data);
+static void gtk_dial_adjustment_value_changed (GtkAdjustment    *adjustment,
+						gpointer          data);
+
+/* Local data */
+
+static GtkWidgetClass *parent_class = NULL;
+
+guint
+gtk_dial_get_type ()
+{
+  static guint dial_type = 0;
+
+  if (!dial_type)
+    {
+      GtkTypeInfo dial_info =
+      {
+	"GtkDial",
+	sizeof (GtkDial),
+	sizeof (GtkDialClass),
+	(GtkClassInitFunc) gtk_dial_class_init,
+	(GtkObjectInitFunc) gtk_dial_init,
+	(GtkArgSetFunc) NULL,
+	(GtkArgGetFunc) NULL,
+      };
+
+      dial_type = gtk_type_unique (gtk_widget_get_type (), &dial_info);
+    }
+
+  return dial_type;
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_class_init (GtkDialClass *class)
+{
+  GtkObjectClass *object_class;
+  GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
+
+  object_class = (GtkObjectClass*) class;
+  widget_class = (GtkWidgetClass*) class;
+
+  parent_class = gtk_type_class (gtk_widget_get_type ());
+
+  object_class->destroy = gtk_dial_destroy;
+
+  widget_class->realize = gtk_dial_realize;
+  widget_class->expose_event = gtk_dial_expose;
+  widget_class->size_request = gtk_dial_size_request;
+  widget_class->size_allocate = gtk_dial_size_allocate;
+  widget_class->button_press_event = gtk_dial_button_press;
+  widget_class->button_release_event = gtk_dial_button_release;
+  widget_class->motion_notify_event = gtk_dial_motion_notify;
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_init (GtkDial *dial)
+{
+  dial->button = 0;
+  dial->policy = GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS;
+  dial->timer = 0;
+  dial->radius = 0;
+  dial->pointer_width = 0;
+  dial->angle = 0.0;
+  dial->old_value = 0.0;
+  dial->old_lower = 0.0;
+  dial->old_upper = 0.0;
+  dial->adjustment = NULL;
+}
+
+GtkWidget*
+gtk_dial_new (GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+
+  dial = gtk_type_new (gtk_dial_get_type ());
+
+  if (!adjustment)
+    adjustment = (GtkAdjustment*) gtk_adjustment_new (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0);
+
+  gtk_dial_set_adjustment (dial, adjustment);
+
+  return GTK_WIDGET (dial);
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_destroy (GtkObject *object)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+
+  g_return_if_fail (object != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (object));
+
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (object);
+
+  if (dial->adjustment)
+    gtk_object_unref (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment));
+
+  if (GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy)
+    (* GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy) (object);
+}
+
+GtkAdjustment*
+gtk_dial_get_adjustment (GtkDial *dial)
+{
+  g_return_val_if_fail (dial != NULL, NULL);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (dial), NULL);
+
+  return dial->adjustment;
+}
+
+void
+gtk_dial_set_update_policy (GtkDial      *dial,
+			     GtkUpdateType  policy)
+{
+  g_return_if_fail (dial != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (dial));
+
+  dial->policy = policy;
+}
+
+void
+gtk_dial_set_adjustment (GtkDial      *dial,
+			  GtkAdjustment *adjustment)
+{
+  g_return_if_fail (dial != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (dial));
+
+  if (dial->adjustment)
+    {
+      gtk_signal_disconnect_by_data (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment), (gpointer) dial);
+      gtk_object_unref (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment));
+    }
+
+  dial->adjustment = adjustment;
+  gtk_object_ref (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment));
+
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (adjustment), "changed",
+		      (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_dial_adjustment_changed,
+		      (gpointer) dial);
+  gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (adjustment), "value_changed",
+		      (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_dial_adjustment_value_changed,
+		      (gpointer) dial);
+
+  dial->old_value = adjustment->value;
+  dial->old_lower = adjustment->lower;
+  dial->old_upper = adjustment->upper;
+
+  gtk_dial_update (dial);
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+  GdkWindowAttr attributes;
+  gint attributes_mask;
+
+  g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (widget));
+
+  GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (widget);
+
+  attributes.x = widget->allocation.x;
+  attributes.y = widget->allocation.y;
+  attributes.width = widget->allocation.width;
+  attributes.height = widget->allocation.height;
+  attributes.wclass = GDK_INPUT_OUTPUT;
+  attributes.window_type = GDK_WINDOW_CHILD;
+  attributes.event_mask = gtk_widget_get_events (widget) | 
+    GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | 
+    GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
+    GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK;
+  attributes.visual = gtk_widget_get_visual (widget);
+  attributes.colormap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget);
+
+  attributes_mask = GDK_WA_X | GDK_WA_Y | GDK_WA_VISUAL | GDK_WA_COLORMAP;
+  widget->window = gdk_window_new (widget->parent->window, &attributes, attributes_mask);
+
+  widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
+
+  gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, widget);
+
+  gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, GTK_STATE_ACTIVE);
+}
+
+static void 
+gtk_dial_size_request (GtkWidget      *widget,
+		       GtkRequisition *requisition)
+{
+  requisition->width = DIAL_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+  requisition->height = DIAL_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_size_allocate (GtkWidget     *widget,
+			GtkAllocation *allocation)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+
+  g_return_if_fail (widget != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (widget));
+  g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
+
+  widget->allocation = *allocation;
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (widget);
+
+  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
+    {
+
+      gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
+			      allocation->x, allocation->y,
+			      allocation->width, allocation->height);
+
+    }
+  dial->radius = MIN(allocation->width,allocation->height) * 0.45;
+  dial->pointer_width = dial->radius / 5;
+}
+
+static gint
+gtk_dial_expose (GtkWidget      *widget,
+		 GdkEventExpose *event)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+  GdkPoint points[3];
+  gdouble s,c;
+  gdouble theta;
+  gint xc, yc;
+  gint tick_length;
+  gint i;
+
+  g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (widget), FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE);
+
+  if (event->count > 0)
+    return FALSE;
+  
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (widget);
+
+  gdk_window_clear_area (widget->window,
+			 0, 0,
+			 widget->allocation.width,
+			 widget->allocation.height);
+
+  xc = widget->allocation.width/2;
+  yc = widget->allocation.height/2;
+
+  /* Draw ticks */
+
+  for (i=0; i<25; i++)
+    {
+      theta = (i*M_PI/18. - M_PI/6.);
+      s = sin(theta);
+      c = cos(theta);
+
+      tick_length = (i%6 == 0) ? dial->pointer_width : dial->pointer_width/2;
+      
+      gdk_draw_line (widget->window,
+		     widget->style->fg_gc[widget->state],
+		     xc + c*(dial->radius - tick_length),
+		     yc - s*(dial->radius - tick_length),
+		     xc + c*dial->radius,
+		     yc - s*dial->radius);
+    }
+
+  /* Draw pointer */
+
+  s = sin(dial->angle);
+  c = cos(dial->angle);
+
+
+  points[0].x = xc + s*dial->pointer_width/2;
+  points[0].y = yc + c*dial->pointer_width/2;
+  points[1].x = xc + c*dial->radius;
+  points[1].y = yc - s*dial->radius;
+  points[2].x = xc - s*dial->pointer_width/2;
+  points[2].y = yc - c*dial->pointer_width/2;
+
+  gtk_draw_polygon (widget->style,
+		    widget->window,
+		    GTK_STATE_NORMAL,
+		    GTK_SHADOW_OUT,
+		    points, 3,
+		    TRUE);
+  
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+static gint
+gtk_dial_button_press (GtkWidget      *widget,
+		       GdkEventButton *event)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+  gint dx, dy;
+  double s, c;
+  double d_parallel;
+  double d_perpendicular;
+
+  g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (widget), FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE);
+
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (widget);
+
+  /* Determine if button press was within pointer region - we 
+     do this by computing the parallel and perpendicular distance of
+     the point where the mouse was pressed from the line passing through
+     the pointer */
+  
+  dx = event->x - widget->allocation.width / 2;
+  dy = widget->allocation.height / 2 - event->y;
+  
+  s = sin(dial->angle);
+  c = cos(dial->angle);
+  
+  d_parallel = s*dy + c*dx;
+  d_perpendicular = fabs(s*dx - c*dy);
+  
+  if (!dial->button &&
+      (d_perpendicular < dial->pointer_width/2) &&
+      (d_parallel > - dial->pointer_width))
+    {
+      gtk_grab_add (widget);
+
+      dial->button = event->button;
+
+      gtk_dial_update_mouse (dial, event->x, event->y);
+    }
+
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+static gint
+gtk_dial_button_release (GtkWidget      *widget,
+			  GdkEventButton *event)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+
+  g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (widget), FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE);
+
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (widget);
+
+  if (dial->button == event->button)
+    {
+      gtk_grab_remove (widget);
+
+      dial->button = 0;
+
+      if (dial->policy == GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED)
+	gtk_timeout_remove (dial->timer);
+      
+      if ((dial->policy != GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS) &&
+	  (dial->old_value != dial->adjustment->value))
+	gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment), "value_changed");
+    }
+
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+static gint
+gtk_dial_motion_notify (GtkWidget      *widget,
+			 GdkEventMotion *event)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+  GdkModifierType mods;
+  gint x, y, mask;
+
+  g_return_val_if_fail (widget != NULL, FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (widget), FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, FALSE);
+
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (widget);
+
+  if (dial->button != 0)
+    {
+      x = event->x;
+      y = event->y;
+
+      if (event->is_hint || (event->window != widget->window))
+	gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->window, &x, &y, &mods);
+
+      switch (dial->button)
+	{
+	case 1:
+	  mask = GDK_BUTTON1_MASK;
+	  break;
+	case 2:
+	  mask = GDK_BUTTON2_MASK;
+	  break;
+	case 3:
+	  mask = GDK_BUTTON3_MASK;
+	  break;
+	default:
+	  mask = 0;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      if (mods & mask)
+	gtk_dial_update_mouse (dial, x,y);
+    }
+
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+static gint
+gtk_dial_timer (GtkDial *dial)
+{
+  g_return_val_if_fail (dial != NULL, FALSE);
+  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (dial), FALSE);
+
+  if (dial->policy == GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED)
+    gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment), "value_changed");
+
+  return FALSE;
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_update_mouse (GtkDial *dial, gint x, gint y)
+{
+  gint xc, yc;
+  gfloat old_value;
+
+  g_return_if_fail (dial != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (dial));
+
+  xc = GTK_WIDGET(dial)->allocation.width / 2;
+  yc = GTK_WIDGET(dial)->allocation.height / 2;
+
+  old_value = dial->adjustment->value;
+  dial->angle = atan2(yc-y, x-xc);
+
+  if (dial->angle < -M_PI/2.)
+    dial->angle += 2*M_PI;
+
+  if (dial->angle < -M_PI/6)
+    dial->angle = -M_PI/6;
+
+  if (dial->angle > 7.*M_PI/6.)
+    dial->angle = 7.*M_PI/6.;
+
+  dial->adjustment->value = dial->adjustment->lower + (7.*M_PI/6 - dial->angle) *
+    (dial->adjustment->upper - dial->adjustment->lower) / (4.*M_PI/3.);
+
+  if (dial->adjustment->value != old_value)
+    {
+      if (dial->policy == GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS)
+	{
+	  gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment), "value_changed");
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  gtk_widget_draw (GTK_WIDGET(dial), NULL);
+
+	  if (dial->policy == GTK_UPDATE_DELAYED)
+	    {
+	      if (dial->timer)
+		gtk_timeout_remove (dial->timer);
+
+	      dial->timer = gtk_timeout_add (SCROLL_DELAY_LENGTH,
+					     (GtkFunction) gtk_dial_timer,
+					     (gpointer) dial);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_update (GtkDial *dial)
+{
+  gfloat new_value;
+  
+  g_return_if_fail (dial != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_DIAL (dial));
+
+  new_value = dial->adjustment->value;
+  
+  if (new_value < dial->adjustment->lower)
+    new_value = dial->adjustment->lower;
+
+  if (new_value > dial->adjustment->upper)
+    new_value = dial->adjustment->upper;
+
+  if (new_value != dial->adjustment->value)
+    {
+      dial->adjustment->value = new_value;
+      gtk_signal_emit_by_name (GTK_OBJECT (dial->adjustment), "value_changed");
+    }
+
+  dial->angle = 7.*M_PI/6. - (new_value - dial->adjustment->lower) * 4.*M_PI/3. /
+    (dial->adjustment->upper - dial->adjustment->lower);
+
+  gtk_widget_draw (GTK_WIDGET(dial), NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_adjustment_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
+			      gpointer       data)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+
+  g_return_if_fail (adjustment != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (data != NULL);
+
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (data);
+
+  if ((dial->old_value != adjustment->value) ||
+      (dial->old_lower != adjustment->lower) ||
+      (dial->old_upper != adjustment->upper))
+    {
+      gtk_dial_update (dial);
+
+      dial->old_value = adjustment->value;
+      dial->old_lower = adjustment->lower;
+      dial->old_upper = adjustment->upper;
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+gtk_dial_adjustment_value_changed (GtkAdjustment *adjustment,
+				    gpointer       data)
+{
+  GtkDial *dial;
+
+  g_return_if_fail (adjustment != NULL);
+  g_return_if_fail (data != NULL);
+
+  dial = GTK_DIAL (data);
+
+  if (dial->old_value != adjustment->value)
+    {
+      gtk_dial_update (dial);
+
+      dial->old_value = adjustment->value;
+    }
+}
+
+

examples/gtkdial/gtkdial.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
+ * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Library General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the
+ * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+ * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+ */
+#ifndef __GTK_DIAL_H__
+#define __GTK_DIAL_H__
+
+
+#include <gdk/gdk.h>
+#include <gtk/gtkadjustment.h>
+#include <gtk/gtkwidget.h>
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+#define GTK_DIAL(obj)          GTK_CHECK_CAST (obj, gtk_dial_get_type (), GtkDial)
+#define GTK_DIAL_CLASS(klass)  GTK_CHECK_CLASS_CAST (klass, gtk_dial_get_type (), GtkDialClass)
+#define GTK_IS_DIAL(obj)       GTK_CHECK_TYPE (obj, gtk_dial_get_type ())
+
+
+typedef struct _GtkDial        GtkDial;
+typedef struct _GtkDialClass   GtkDialClass;
+
+struct _GtkDial
+{
+  GtkWidget widget;
+
+  /* update policy (GTK_UPDATE_[CONTINUOUS/DELAYED/DISCONTINUOUS]) */
+  guint policy : 2;
+
+  /* Button currently pressed or 0 if none */
+  guint8 button;
+
+  /* Dimensions of dial components */
+  gint radius;
+  gint pointer_width;
+
+  /* ID of update timer, or 0 if none */
+  guint32 timer;
+
+  /* Current angle */
+  gfloat angle;
+
+  /* Old values from adjustment stored so we know when something changes */
+  gfloat old_value;
+  gfloat old_lower;
+  gfloat old_upper;
+
+  /* The adjustment object that stores the data for this dial */
+  GtkAdjustment *adjustment;
+};
+
+struct _GtkDialClass
+{
+  GtkWidgetClass parent_class;
+};
+
+
+GtkWidget*     gtk_dial_new                    (GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
+guint          gtk_dial_get_type               (void);
+GtkAdjustment* gtk_dial_get_adjustment         (GtkDial      *dial);
+void           gtk_dial_set_update_policy      (GtkDial      *dial,
+						GtkUpdateType  policy);
+
+void           gtk_dial_set_adjustment         (GtkDial      *dial,
+						GtkAdjustment *adjustment);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+#endif /* __GTK_DIAL_H__ */

examples/helloworld/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+helloworld: helloworld.c
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` helloworld.c -o helloworld
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f helloworld

examples/helloworld/helloworld.c

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* helloworld.c */
+               
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+/* this is a callback function. the data arguments are ignored in this example.
+ * More on callbacks below. */  
+void hello (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    g_print ("Hello World\n");
+}
+     
+
+gint delete_event(GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data)
+{
+    g_print ("delete event occured\n");
+    /* if you return FALSE in the "delete_event" signal handler,
+     * GTK will emit the "destroy" signal.  Returning TRUE means
+     * you don't want the window to be destroyed.
+     * This is useful for popping up 'are you sure you want to quit ?'
+     * type dialogs. */
+
+    /* Change TRUE to FALSE and the main window will be destroyed with
+     * a "delete_event". */
+
+    return (TRUE);
+}
+
+/* another callback */
+void destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    gtk_main_quit ();
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *button;
+
+    /* this is called in all GTK applications.  arguments are parsed from
+     * the command line and are returned to the application. */
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+    
+    /* create a new window */
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+    /* when the window is given the "delete_event" signal (this is given
+     * by the window manager (usually the 'close' option, or on the
+     * titlebar), we ask it to call the delete_event () function
+     * as defined above.  The data passed to the callback
+     * function is NULL and is ignored in the callback. */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete_event), NULL);
+
+    /* here we connect the "destroy" event to a signal handler.
+     * This event occurs when we call gtk_widget_destroy() on the window,
+     * or if we return 'FALSE' in the "delete_event" callback. */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "destroy",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (destroy), NULL);
+
+    /* sets the border width of the window. */
+    gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+
+    /* creates a new button with the label "Hello World". */
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Hello World");
+
+    /* When the button receives the "clicked" signal, it will call the
+     * function hello() passing it NULL as it's argument.  The hello() 
+     * function is defined above. */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (hello), NULL);
+    
+    /* This will cause the window to be destroyed by calling
+     * gtk_widget_destroy(window) when "clicked".  Again, the destroy
+     * signal could come from here, or the window manager. */
+    gtk_signal_connect_object (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+                               GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (gtk_widget_destroy),
+                               GTK_OBJECT (window));
+                        
+    /* this packs the button into the window (a gtk container). */
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), button);
+    
+    /* the final step is to display this newly created widget... */
+    gtk_widget_show (button);
+
+    /* and the window */
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+     
+    /* all GTK applications must have a gtk_main().     Control ends here
+     * and waits for an event to occur (like a key press or mouse event). */
+    gtk_main ();
+                        
+    return 0;
+}
+

examples/helloworld2/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+helloworld2: helloworld2.c
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` helloworld2.c -o helloworld2
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f helloworld2

examples/helloworld2/helloworld2.c

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* helloworld2.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+   
+/* Our new improved callback.  The data passed to this function is printed
+ * to stdout. */
+void callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{  
+    g_print ("Hello again - %s was pressed\n", (char *) data);
+}
+     
+/* another callback */
+void delete_event (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gpointer data)
+{    
+    gtk_main_quit ();
+}
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    /* GtkWidget is the storage type for widgets */
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *button;
+    GtkWidget *box1;
+
+    /* this is called in all GTK applications.  arguments are parsed from
+     * the command line and are returned to the application. */
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+    /* create a new window */
+    window = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+
+    /* this is a new call, this just sets the title of our
+     * new window to "Hello Buttons!" */
+    gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (window), "Hello Buttons!");
+
+    /* Here we just set a handler for delete_event that immediately
+     * exits GTK. */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (delete_event), NULL);
+
+    
+    /* sets the border width of the window. */
+    gtk_container_border_width (GTK_CONTAINER (window), 10);
+
+    /* we create a box to pack widgets into.  this is described in detail
+     * in the "packing" section below.  The box is not really visible, it
+     * is just used as a tool to arrange widgets. */
+    box1 = gtk_hbox_new(FALSE, 0);
+
+    /* put the box into the main window. */
+    gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (window), box1);
+
+    /* creates a new button with the label "Button 1". */
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Button 1");
+    
+    /* Now when the button is clicked, we call the "callback" function
+     * with a pointer to "button 1" as it's argument */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "button 1");
+                        
+    /* instead of gtk_container_add, we pack this button into the invisible
+     * box, which has been packed into the window. */
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box1), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+    
+    /* always remember this step, this tells GTK that our preparation for
+     * this button is complete, and it can be displayed now. */
+    gtk_widget_show(button);
+     
+    /* do these same steps again to create a second button */
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label ("Button 2");
+    
+    /* call the same callback function with a different argument,
+     * passing a pointer to "button 2" instead. */
+    gtk_signal_connect (GTK_OBJECT (button), "clicked",
+                        GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (callback), (gpointer) "button 2");
+    
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box1), button, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+     
+    /* The order in which we show the buttons is not really important, but I
+     * recommend showing the window last, so it all pops up at once. */
+    gtk_widget_show(button);
+
+    gtk_widget_show(box1);
+
+    gtk_widget_show (window);
+
+    /* rest in gtk_main and wait for the fun to begin! */
+    gtk_main ();
+     
+    return 0;
+}
+

examples/list/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+list: list.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` list.c -o list
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o list

examples/list/list.c

@@ -0,0 +1,284 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* list.c */
+
+/* include the gtk+ header files
+ * include stdio.h, we need that for the printf() function
+ */
+#include        <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include        <stdio.h>
+
+/* this is our data identification string to store
+ * data in list items
+ */
+const   gchar   *list_item_data_key="list_item_data";
+
+
+/* prototypes for signal handler that we are going to connect
+ * to the GtkList widget
+ */
+static  void    sigh_print_selection    (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                                         gpointer       func_data);
+static  void    sigh_button_event       (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                                         GdkEventButton *event,
+                                         GtkWidget      *frame);
+
+
+/* main function to set up the user interface */
+
+gint main (int argc, gchar *argv[])
+{                                  
+    GtkWidget       *separator;
+    GtkWidget       *window;
+    GtkWidget       *vbox;
+    GtkWidget       *scrolled_window;
+    GtkWidget       *frame;
+    GtkWidget       *gtklist;
+    GtkWidget       *button;
+    GtkWidget       *list_item;
+    GList           *dlist;
+    guint           i;
+    gchar           buffer[64];
+    
+    
+    /* initialize gtk+ (and subsequently gdk) */
+
+    gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
+    
+    
+    /* create a window to put all the widgets in
+     * connect gtk_main_quit() to the "destroy" event of
+     * the window to handle window manager close-window-events
+     */
+    window=gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(window), "GtkList Example");
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window),
+		       "destroy",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_main_quit),
+		       NULL);
+    
+    
+    /* inside the window we need a box to arrange the widgets
+     * vertically */
+    vbox=gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 5);
+    gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), 5);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show(vbox);
+    
+    /* this is the scolled window to put the GtkList widget inside */
+    scrolled_window=gtk_scrolled_window_new(NULL, NULL);
+    gtk_widget_set_usize(scrolled_window, 250, 150);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), scrolled_window);
+    gtk_widget_show(scrolled_window);
+    
+    /* create the GtkList widget
+     * connect the sigh_print_selection() signal handler
+     * function to the "selection_changed" signal of the GtkList
+     * to print out the selected items each time the selection
+     * has changed */
+    gtklist=gtk_list_new();
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(scrolled_window), gtklist);
+    gtk_widget_show(gtklist);
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gtklist),
+		       "selection_changed",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(sigh_print_selection),
+		       NULL);
+    
+    /* we create a "Prison" to put a list item in ;)
+     */
+    frame=gtk_frame_new("Prison");
+    gtk_widget_set_usize(frame, 200, 50);
+    gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(frame), 5);
+    gtk_frame_set_shadow_type(GTK_FRAME(frame), GTK_SHADOW_OUT);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), frame);
+    gtk_widget_show(frame);
+    
+    /* connect the sigh_button_event() signal handler to the GtkList
+     * wich will handle the "arresting" of list items
+     */
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(gtklist),
+		       "button_release_event",
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(sigh_button_event),
+		       frame);
+    
+    /* create a separator
+     */
+    separator=gtk_hseparator_new();
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), separator);
+    gtk_widget_show(separator);
+    
+    /* finaly create a button and connect it´s "clicked" signal
+     * to the destroyment of the window
+     */
+    button=gtk_button_new_with_label("Close");
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(vbox), button);
+    gtk_widget_show(button);
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button),
+			      "clicked",
+			      GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(gtk_widget_destroy),
+			      GTK_OBJECT(window));
+    
+    
+    /* now we create 5 list items, each having it´s own
+     * label and add them to the GtkList using gtk_container_add()
+     * also we query the text string from the label and
+     * associate it with the list_item_data_key for each list item
+     */
+    for (i=0; i<5; i++) {
+	GtkWidget       *label;
+	gchar           *string;
+	
+	sprintf(buffer, "ListItemContainer with Label #%d", i);
+	label=gtk_label_new(buffer);
+	list_item=gtk_list_item_new();
+	gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(list_item), label);
+	gtk_widget_show(label);
+	gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(gtklist), list_item);
+	gtk_widget_show(list_item);
+	gtk_label_get(GTK_LABEL(label), &string);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
+			    list_item_data_key,
+			    string);
+    }
+    /* here, we are creating another 5 labels, this time
+     * we use gtk_list_item_new_with_label() for the creation
+     * we can´t query the text string from the label because
+     * we don´t have the labels pointer and therefore
+     * we just associate the list_item_data_key of each
+     * list item with the same text string
+     * for adding of the list items we put them all into a doubly
+     * linked list (GList), and then add them by a single call to
+     * gtk_list_append_items()
+     * because we use g_list_prepend() to put the items into the
+     * doubly linked list, their order will be descending (instead
+     * of ascending when using g_list_append())
+     */
+    dlist=NULL;
+    for (; i<10; i++) {
+	sprintf(buffer, "List Item with Label %d", i);
+	list_item=gtk_list_item_new_with_label(buffer);
+	dlist=g_list_prepend(dlist, list_item);
+	gtk_widget_show(list_item);
+	gtk_object_set_data(GTK_OBJECT(list_item),
+			    list_item_data_key,
+			    "ListItem with integrated Label");
+    }
+    gtk_list_append_items(GTK_LIST(gtklist), dlist);
+    
+    /* finaly we want to see the window, don´t we? ;)
+     */
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+    
+    /* fire up the main event loop of gtk
+     */
+    gtk_main();
+    
+    /* we get here after gtk_main_quit() has been called which
+     * happens if the main window gets destroyed
+     */
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* this is the signal handler that got connected to button
+ * press/release events of the GtkList
+ */
+void
+sigh_button_event       (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                         GdkEventButton *event,
+                         GtkWidget      *frame)
+{
+    /* we only do something if the third (rightmost mouse button
+     * was released
+     */
+    if (event->type==GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE &&
+	event->button==3) {
+	GList           *dlist, *free_list;
+	GtkWidget       *new_prisoner;
+	
+	/* fetch the currently selected list item which
+	 * will be our next prisoner ;)
+	 */
+	dlist=GTK_LIST(gtklist)->selection;
+	if (dlist)
+		new_prisoner=GTK_WIDGET(dlist->data);
+	else
+		new_prisoner=NULL;
+	
+	/* look for already prisoned list items, we
+	 * will put them back into the list
+	 * remember to free the doubly linked list that
+	 * gtk_container_children() returns
+	 */
+	dlist=gtk_container_children(GTK_CONTAINER(frame));
+	free_list=dlist;
+	while (dlist) {
+	    GtkWidget       *list_item;
+	    
+	    list_item=dlist->data;
+	    
+	    gtk_widget_reparent(list_item, gtklist);
+	    
+	    dlist=dlist->next;
+	}
+	g_list_free(free_list);
+	
+	/* if we have a new prisoner, remove him from the
+	 * GtkList and put him into the frame "Prison"
+	 * we need to unselect the item before
+	 */
+	if (new_prisoner) {
+	    GList   static_dlist;
+	    
+	    static_dlist.data=new_prisoner;
+	    static_dlist.next=NULL;
+	    static_dlist.prev=NULL;
+	    
+	    gtk_list_unselect_child(GTK_LIST(gtklist),
+				    new_prisoner);
+	    gtk_widget_reparent(new_prisoner, frame);
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* this is the signal handler that gets called if GtkList
+ * emits the "selection_changed" signal
+ */
+void
+sigh_print_selection    (GtkWidget      *gtklist,
+                         gpointer       func_data)
+{
+    GList   *dlist;
+    
+    /* fetch the doubly linked list of selected items
+     * of the GtkList, remember to treat this as read-only!
+     */
+    dlist=GTK_LIST(gtklist)->selection;
+    
+    /* if there are no selected items there is nothing more
+     * to do than just telling the user so
+     */
+    if (!dlist) {
+	g_print("Selection cleared\n");
+	return;
+    }
+    /* ok, we got a selection and so we print it
+     */
+    g_print("The selection is a ");
+    
+    /* get the list item from the doubly linked list
+     * and then query the data associated with list_item_data_key
+     * we then just print it
+     */
+    while (dlist) {
+	GtkObject       *list_item;
+	gchar           *item_data_string;
+	
+	list_item=GTK_OBJECT(dlist->data);
+	item_data_string=gtk_object_get_data(list_item,
+					     list_item_data_key);
+	g_print("%s ", item_data_string);
+	
+	dlist=dlist->next;
+    }
+    g_print("\n");
+}

examples/menu/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+
+CC = gcc
+
+all: menu menufactory
+
+menu: menu.c 
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` `gtk-config --libs` menu.c -o menu
+
+menufactory: menufactory.o mfmain.o
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --libs` menufactory.o mfmain.o -o menufactory
+
+menufactory.o: menufactory.c mfmain.h
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` -c menufactory.c -o menufactory.o
+
+mfmain.o: mfmain.c mfmain.h menufactory.h
+	$(CC) `gtk-config --cflags` -c mfmain.c -o mfmain.o
+
+clean: 
+	rm -f *.o menu menufactory

examples/menu/menu.c

@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* This file extracted from the GTK tutorial. */
+
+/* menu.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+static gint button_press (GtkWidget *, GdkEvent *);
+static void menuitem_response (gchar *);
+
+int main (int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *menu;
+    GtkWidget *menu_bar;
+    GtkWidget *root_menu;
+    GtkWidget *menu_items;
+    GtkWidget *vbox;
+    GtkWidget *button;
+    char buf[128];
+    int i;
+
+    gtk_init (&argc, &argv);
+
+    /* create a new window */
+    window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_widget_set_usize( GTK_WIDGET (window), 200, 100);
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW (window), "GTK Menu Test");
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT (window), "delete_event",
+                       (GtkSignalFunc) gtk_exit, NULL);
+
+    /* Init the menu-widget, and remember -- never
+     * gtk_show_widget() the menu widget!! 
+     * This is the menu that holds the menu items, the one that
+     * will pop up when you click on the "Root Menu" in the app */
+    menu = gtk_menu_new();
+
+    /* Next we make a little loop that makes three menu-entries for "test-menu".
+     * Notice the call to gtk_menu_append.  Here we are adding a list of
+     * menu items to our menu.  Normally, we'd also catch the "clicked"
+     * signal on each of the menu items and setup a callback for it,
+     * but it's omitted here to save space. */
+
+    for(i = 0; i < 3; i++)
+        {
+            /* Copy the names to the buf. */
+            sprintf(buf, "Test-undermenu - %d", i);
+
+            /* Create a new menu-item with a name... */
+            menu_items = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label(buf);
+
+            /* ...and add it to the menu. */
+            gtk_menu_append(GTK_MENU (menu), menu_items);
+
+	    /* Do something interesting when the menuitem is selected */
+	    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(menu_items), "activate",
+		GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(menuitem_response), (gpointer) g_strdup(buf));
+
+            /* Show the widget */
+            gtk_widget_show(menu_items);
+        }
+
+    /* This is the root menu, and will be the label
+     * displayed on the menu bar.  There won't be a signal handler attached,
+     * as it only pops up the rest of the menu when pressed. */
+    root_menu = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label("Root Menu");
+
+    gtk_widget_show(root_menu);
+
+    /* Now we specify that we want our newly created "menu" to be the menu
+     * for the "root menu" */
+    gtk_menu_item_set_submenu(GTK_MENU_ITEM (root_menu), menu);
+
+    /* A vbox to put a menu and a button in: */
+    vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show(vbox);
+
+    /* Create a menu-bar to hold the menus and add it to our main window */
+    menu_bar = gtk_menu_bar_new();
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), menu_bar, FALSE, FALSE, 2);
+    gtk_widget_show(menu_bar);
+
+    /* Create a button to which to attach menu as a popup */
+    button = gtk_button_new_with_label("press me");
+    gtk_signal_connect_object(GTK_OBJECT(button), "event",
+	GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC (button_press), GTK_OBJECT(menu));
+    gtk_box_pack_end(GTK_BOX(vbox), button, TRUE, TRUE, 2);
+    gtk_widget_show(button);
+
+    /* And finally we append the menu-item to the menu-bar -- this is the
+     * "root" menu-item I have been raving about =) */
+    gtk_menu_bar_append(GTK_MENU_BAR (menu_bar), root_menu);
+
+    /* always display the window as the last step so it all splashes on
+     * the screen at once. */
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+
+    gtk_main ();
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/* Respond to a button-press by posting a menu passed in as widget.
+ *
+ * Note that the "widget" argument is the menu being posted, NOT
+ * the button that was pressed.
+ */
+
+static gint button_press (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event)
+{
+
+    if (event->type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) {
+        GdkEventButton *bevent = (GdkEventButton *) event; 
+        gtk_menu_popup (GTK_MENU(widget), NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+                        bevent->button, bevent->time);
+        /* Tell calling code that we have handled this event; the buck
+         * stops here. */
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    /* Tell calling code that we have not handled this event; pass it on. */
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/* Print a string when a menu item is selected */
+
+static void menuitem_response (gchar *string)
+{
+    printf("%s\n", string);
+}

examples/menu/menufactory.c

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/* example-start menu menufactory.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <strings.h>
+
+#include "mfmain.h"
+
+static void print_hello(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data);
+
+
+/* this is the GtkMenuEntry structure used to create new menus.  The
+ * first member is the menu definition string.  The second, the
+ * default accelerator key used to access this menu function with
+ * the keyboard.  The third is the callback function to call when
+ * this menu item is selected (by the accelerator key, or with the
+ * mouse.) The last member is the data to pass to your callback function.
+ */
+
+static GtkMenuEntry menu_items[] =
+{
+    {"<Main>/File/New", "<control>N", print_hello, NULL},
+    {"<Main>/File/Open", "<control>O", print_hello, NULL},
+    {"<Main>/File/Save", "<control>S", print_hello, NULL},
+    {"<Main>/File/Save as", NULL, NULL, NULL},
+    {"<Main>/File/<separator>", NULL, NULL, NULL},
+    {"<Main>/File/Quit", "<control>Q", file_quit_cmd_callback, "OK, I'll quit"},
+    {"<Main>/Options/Test", NULL, NULL, NULL}
+};
+
+
+static void
+print_hello(GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    printf("hello!\n");
+}
+
+void get_main_menu(GtkWidget *window, GtkWidget ** menubar)
+{
+    int nmenu_items = sizeof(menu_items) / sizeof(menu_items[0]);
+    GtkMenuFactory *factory;
+    GtkMenuFactory *subfactory;
+
+    factory = gtk_menu_factory_new(GTK_MENU_FACTORY_MENU_BAR);
+    subfactory = gtk_menu_factory_new(GTK_MENU_FACTORY_MENU_BAR);
+
+    gtk_menu_factory_add_subfactory(factory, subfactory, "<Main>");
+    gtk_menu_factory_add_entries(factory, menu_items, nmenu_items);
+    gtk_window_add_accelerator_table(GTK_WINDOW(window), subfactory->table);
+    
+    if (menubar)
+        *menubar = subfactory->widget;
+}
+
+/* example-end */

examples/menu/menufactory.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+/* example-start menu menufactory.h */
+
+#ifndef __MENUFACTORY_H__
+#define __MENUFACTORY_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+void get_main_menu (GtkWidget *, GtkWidget **menubar);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __MENUFACTORY_H__ */
+
+/* example-end */

examples/menu/mfmain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* example-start menu mfmain.c */
+
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+
+#include "mfmain.h"
+#include "menufactory.h"
+
+int main(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+    GtkWidget *window;
+    GtkWidget *main_vbox;
+    GtkWidget *menubar;
+    
+    gtk_init(&argc, &argv);
+    
+    window = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    gtk_signal_connect(GTK_OBJECT(window), "destroy", 
+		       GTK_SIGNAL_FUNC(file_quit_cmd_callback), 
+		       "WM destroy");
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(window), "Menu Factory");
+    gtk_widget_set_usize(GTK_WIDGET(window), 300, 200);
+    
+    main_vbox = gtk_vbox_new(FALSE, 1);
+    gtk_container_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(main_vbox), 1);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window), main_vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show(main_vbox);
+    
+    get_main_menu(window, &menubar);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(main_vbox), menubar, FALSE, TRUE, 0);
+    gtk_widget_show(menubar);
+    
+    gtk_widget_show(window);
+    gtk_main();
+    
+    return(0);
+}
+
+/* This is just to demonstrate how callbacks work when using the
+ * menufactory.  Often, people put all the callbacks from the menus
+ * in a separate file, and then have them call the appropriate functions
+ * from there.  Keeps it more organized. */
+void file_quit_cmd_callback (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
+{
+    g_print ("%s\n", (char *) data);
+    gtk_exit(0);
+}
+
+/* example-end */